Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the Alaska LNG Project in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, 43382-43412 [2020-15389]
Download as PDF
43382
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
[RTID 0648–XA210]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to Construction of
the Alaska LNG Project in Prudhoe
Bay, Alaska
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental
harassment authorization; request for
comments on proposed authorization
and possible renewal.
AGENCY:
NMFS has received a request
from the Alaska Gasline Development
Corporation (AGDC) for authorization to
take marine mammals incidental to
construction of the Alaska LNG Project
in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska. Pursuant to the
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments
on its proposal to issue an incidental
harassment authorization (IHA) to
incidentally take marine mammals
during the specified activities. NMFS is
also requesting comments on a possible
one-year renewal that could be issued
under certain circumstances and if all
requirements are met, as described in
Request for Public Comments at the end
of this notice. NMFS will consider
public comments prior to making any
final decision on the issuance of the
requested MMPA authorizations and
agency responses will be summarized in
the final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must
be received no later than August 17,
2020.
SUMMARY:
Comments should be
addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service. Written
comments should be sent to ITP.Davis@
noaa.gov.
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible
for comments sent by any other method,
to any other address or individual, or
received after the end of the comment
period. Comments received
electronically, including all
attachments, must not exceed a 25megabyte file size. Attachments to
electronic comments will be accepted in
Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF
file formats only. All comments
received are a part of the public record
and will generally be posted online at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
ADDRESSES:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act without
change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address)
voluntarily submitted by the commenter
may be publicly accessible. Do not
submit confidential business
information or otherwise sensitive or
protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Leah Davis, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.
Electronic copies of the application and
supporting documents, as well as a list
of the references cited in this document,
may be obtained online at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act. In case
of problems accessing these documents,
please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ‘‘take’’ of
marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and
(D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et
seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce
(as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon
request, the incidental, but not
intentional, taking of small numbers of
marine mammals by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity (other than
commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings
are made and either regulations are
issued or, if the taking is limited to
harassment, a notice of a proposed
incidental take authorization may be
provided to the public for review.
Authorization for incidental takings
shall be granted if NMFS finds that the
taking will have a negligible impact on
the species or stock(s) and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for
taking for subsistence uses (where
relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe
the permissible methods of taking and
other ‘‘means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact’’ on the
affected species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance, and on the
availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses
(referred to in shorthand as
‘‘mitigation’’); and requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of the takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable
MMPA statutory terms cited above are
included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6A, NMFS must review our
proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization)
with respect to potential impacts on the
human environment. Accordingly,
NMFS plans to adopt the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission’s (FERC) EIS,
provided our independent evaluation of
the document finds that it includes
adequate information analyzing the
effects on the human environment of
issuing the IHA. NMFS is a cooperating
agency on FERC’s EIS.
The FERC’s EIS was made available
for public comment from June 28, 2019
to October 3, 2019. The FERC’s Final
EIS is available at https://www.ferc.gov/
industries/gas/enviro/eis/2020/03-0620-FEIS.asp.
We will review all comments
submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process
or making a final decision on the IHA
request.
Summary of Request
On March 28, 2019, NMFS received a
request from AGDC for an IHA to take
marine mammals incidental to
construction activities in Prudhoe Bay,
Alaska. AGDC submitted revised
applications on May 29, 2019;
September 16, 2019; October 31, 2019,
February 7, 2020; and February 25,
2020. The application was deemed
adequate and complete on May 21,
2020. AGDC’s request is for take of a
small number of six species of marine
mammals by harassment. Neither AGDC
nor NMFS expects serious injury or
mortality to result from this activity
and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
This proposed IHA would authorize
incidental take during one year of the
larger AK LNG project for which AGDC
has also requested a five-year Letter of
Authorization (LOA) (84 FR 30991, June
28, 2019) for incidental take associated
with project activities in Cook Inlet,
Alaska. The larger project involves a
pipeline that will span approximately
807 miles (mi) (1,290 kilometers [km])
from a gas treatment facility on Alaska’s
North Slope, which holds 35 trillion
cubic feet (ft3) of proven gas reserves, to
a liquefaction and export facility in
southcentral Alaska.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
AGDC plans to construct an integrated
liquefied natural gas (LNG) project with
interdependent facilities to liquefy
supplies of natural gas from Alaska, in
particular from the Point Thomson Unit
(PTU) and Prudhoe Bay Unit (PBU)
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
production fields on the Alaska North
Slope (North Slope), for export in
foreign commerce and for in-state
deliveries of natural gas. AGDC plans to
construct an Alaska LNG Gas Treatment
Plant (GTP), which they would
construct with large, pre-fabricated
modules that that can only be
transported to the North Slope with
barges (sealifts).
AGDC is proposing to modify the
existing West Dock causeway and
associated dock heads in Prudhoe Bay,
Alaska in order to facilitate offloading
modular construction components and
transporting them to the GTP
construction site. Vibratory and impact
pile driving associated with the work at
West Dock would introduce underwater
sound that may result in take by Level
A and Level B harassment of marine
mammals in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska.
AGDC proposes to conduct pile driving
up to 24 hours per day on
approximately 123 days from July
through October during the open water
(i.e., ice-free) season.
Dates and Duration
The proposed IHA would be effective
from July 1, 2022 to June 30, 2023. Work
that may result in the take of marine
mammals is expected to take place
during the open water season, between
July and October, and would be
conducted up to 24 hours per day, six
days per week.
Several communities on the North
Slope of Alaska engage in subsistence
hunting activities at varying times and
in varying locations. These subsistence
hunts are further described below in the
Effects of Specified Activities on
Subsistence Uses of Marine Mammals
section. The proposed construction
activities would occur closest to the
marine subsistence use area used by the
Native Village of Nuiqsut, which
typically occurs August 25th to
September 15th, or earlier if whaling is
complete. AGDC will cease pile driving
during the Nuiqsut whaling season.
AGDC conservatively calculated that
in-water construction would last 164
days. However, they expect that
different pile types would be installed
on the same day, which was not
accounted for in the 164-day estimate.
Therefore, given the information AGDC
has provided NMFS, we expect that
construction will require approximately
123 days of in-water work considering
the open water period, and the break in
construction during the whaling season.
If AGDC is not able to complete the
work during the open water season
construction period as planned, they
will complete the work during a
contingency period from late February
to April 2023.
Specific Geographic Region
The AK LNG construction activities at
issue in this IHA will occur at West
Dock in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, on
Alaska’s North Slope. West Dock is a
multipurpose facility, commonly used
to offload marine cargo to support
Prudhoe Bay oilfield development. West
Dock extends out from the shoreline 2.7
miles (mi) (4.3 kilometers [km]) and is
within shallow waters less than 14.2
feet (ft.) (4.3 meters [m]) deep. Please
see Figure 1 in AGDC’s application for
a map of the West Dock area.
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Below, we discuss the proposed
activities in Prudhoe Bay, a portion of
the larger AK LNG project (which
extends from the North Slope to Cook
Inlet). For information on other AK LNG
project components, please refer to
Volume I, Chapter 2 of the Alaska LNG
Final EIS.
AGDC is proposing to further develop
the West Dock facility in Prudhoe Bay,
AK. West Dock is a multipurpose
facility, commonly used to offload
marine cargo to support Prudhoe Bay
oilfield development. The West Dock
causeway, which extends approximately
2.5 mi (4 km) into Prudhoe Bay from the
shoreline, is a solid-fill gravel causeway
structure. There are two existing loading
docks along the causeway, referred to as
Dock Head 2 (DH2) and Dock Head 3
(DH3), and a seawater treatment plant
(STP) at the seaward terminus of the
structure. A 650-ft (198-m) breach with
a single lane bridge was installed in the
causeway between DH2 and DH3 during
1995 and 1996 due to concerns that the
solid causeway was affecting coastal
circulation and marine resources.
Development of the dock facility
would require constructing a new dock
head referred to as Dock Head 4 (DH4),
widening the gravel causeway between
the proposed DH4 site and the onshore
road system, and installation of a
temporary barge bridge parallel to the
43383
existing bridge over the aforementioned
breach to accommodate transport of the
modules over the breach. The following
describes these activities in detail.
Causeway Widening—AGDC will
build a parallel causeway approximately
100–125 ft (30.5–38.1 m) wide and
5,000 ft. long (1,524 m) on the east side
of the existing causeway from DH3 to
DH4. AGDC will upgrade the other two
existing segments of West Dock
causeway to a width of approximately
100–125 ft (30.5–38.1 m) from the
current width of 40–80 ft. (12.2–24.4 m).
AGDC will conduct the widening on the
east side of the causeway because there
is a pipeline along the west side. The
widening would occur along
approximately 4,500 ft. (1,372 m) from
DH3 to DH2, and 3,800 ft. (1,158 m)
from DH2 to land. This causeway
widening work would be conducted
during the summer (July–August).
Gravel would be hauled in by truck and
deposited in place by shore-based heavy
equipment. Expected gravel
requirements are indicated in Table 2 of
AGDC’s application. NMFS does not
expect gravel deposition to result in
take, and therefore, we do not discuss it
further in this notice.
DH4 Work Area and Bulkhead—
AGDC will construct a new dock head
(DH4). DH4 would be a gravity-based
structure, with a combi-wall (sheet piles
connected by H-piles) bulkhead or dock
face back-filled with gravel. The gravel
dock head would provide a working
area of approximately 31 acres (0.13
km2) and would have five cargo berths.
Gravel would be hauled in by truck and
deposited in place by shore-based heavy
equipment. Hauling and placement of
gravel for construction of DH4 would
occur from June–September. Gravel
requirements are quantified in Table 3
of AGDC’s application.
Construction of DH4 would require
the installation of over 1,080 linear ft.
(329 m) of combi-wall forming a
bulkhead at the dock face, and will
require vibratory and impact pile
driving. Other margins of the dock head
would be sloped and armored with sand
bags. Table 1 indicates the planned
numbers and types of piles proposed for
installation, and proposed installation
method for DH4 work, including the
work area and bulkhead.
TABLE 1—PILES PLANNED FOR INSTALLATION AT DH4
Pile type/size
Installation method
11.5-inch Steel H-Pile .................................................................
48-inch Steel Pipe Pile ...............................................................
Impact .........................................................................................
Impact .........................................................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Number of
piles
212
12
43384
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
TABLE 1—PILES PLANNED FOR INSTALLATION AT DH4—Continued
Pile type/size
Installation method
25-inch Steel Sheet Pile .............................................................
14-inch Steel H-Pile (temporary) ................................................
Vibratory .....................................................................................
Vibratory .....................................................................................
AGDC plans to construct DH4 from
June–October (open water season).
Hauling and placing of the gravel will
take place first. AGDC plans to install
the combi-wall mid-September–October
(after the whaling season and before
ice). If AGDC is not able to complete the
DH4 construction during the open water
season, they plan to complete
construction during a contingency
period from February to April 2023,
working off the ice.
DH4 Mooring Dolphins—AGDC plans
to install twelve mooring dolphins in
the cargo berths at the proposed DH4 to
hold the ballasted barges in place.
Figure 5 of AGDC’s application shows
the locations of the proposed mooring
dolphins. AGDC plans to install four
temporary spuds (14-inch steel H piles)
for support prior to the construction of
each mooring dolphin using a vibratory
hammer. AGDC would extract these
piles immediately after completion of
the dolphin. Table 1 lists the proposed
pile types, numbers, and driving
methods for DH4 work, including the
mooring dolphins.
AGDC plans to install the mooring
dolphins from September–October (after
the Nuiqsut whaling season and before
ice cover). If AGDC is not able to
complete mooring dolphin construction
during this time, they plan to complete
construction during a contingency
period from late February to April of the
following year.
Berthing Basin—The proposed
location of the DH4 bulkhead is
approximately 1,000 ft. (305 m) beyond
the end of the existing causeway at the
STP. This location was selected as it
provides an existing nominal water
depth of ¥12 ft. (¥3.7 m) mean lower
low water (MLLW) across the length of
the bulkhead, allowing for berthing of
cargo barges at their intended transit
draft of 10 ft. (3.05 m) without the
exchange of ballast water.
AGDC plans to conduct screeding
over the seafloor within the berthing
area to a depth of ¥12 ft. (¥3.7 m)
MLLW. Screeding would redistribute
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
the seabed materials to provide a flat
and even surface on which the module
cargo barges can be grounded. The
berthing area encompasses
approximately 13.7 acres (0.06 km2). In
the screeding process, a tug and/or barge
pushes or drags a beam or blade across
the seafloor, removing high spots and
filling local depressions. The screeding
operation is not intended to increase or
decrease overall seabed elevation so
there would be no excavated materials
requiring disposal.
AGDC would conduct screeding in
the summer immediately prior to arrival
of each sealift and as soon as sea ice
conditions allow mobilization of the
screeding barge. Based on historical ice
data, AGDC anticipates screeding during
July for a period of up to 14 days. AGDC
would conduct a multi-beam
hydrographic survey to identify high
and low spots in the seabed prior to
each season with equipment emitting
sound at frequencies above 200
kilohertz (kHz). We do not expect the
survey to result in take, and we do not
discuss it further in this notice.
Additionally, we do not expect
screeding to result in take of marine
mammals, given that it is a continuous
noise source comparable to other
general construction activities. The
Biological Opinion issued by NMFS’
Alaska Regional Office conservatively
requires AGDC to shut down at 215 m
during screeding operations. AGDC has
not requested, and NMFS does not
propose to authorize take incidental to
the proposed screeding.
Barge Bridge—The existing bridge
over the aforementioned 650 ft. (198 m)
breach in the causeway is too narrow for
module transport and incapable of
supporting the weight of the project
modules. Therefore, AGDC plans to
construct a temporary barge bridge to
accommodate transport of the modules
over the breach and to the onshore road
system. AGDC plans to construct new
sheet pile and gravel abutments along
the east side of the existing bridge and
plans to install four mooring dolphins.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Number of
piles
422
48
Two barges would then be placed along
these mooring dolphins and between
the abutments to form a temporary
bridge for module transport.
Sealifts and barge bridge installation
and removal (not including pile driving)
would occur each of six consecutive
years to accommodate the modules
required for the project. AGDC would
construct the approach abutments and
mooring dolphins (each further
described below) in the first season, and
would prepare the seabed before
installation of the barge bridge for the
first sealift. The barge bridge would be
installed annually each sealift year at
the beginning of the open-water season,
and would be removed each fall prior to
freeze-up. This installation and removal
does not include installation and
removal of the mooring dolphins. AGDC
expects to conduct some seabed
preparation prior to installation and use
of the barge bridge in each subsequent
sealift year. NMFS does not expect
annual placement, use, or removal of
the barge bridge or the seabed
preparation to result in marine mammal
harassment, and therefore we do not
discuss it further in this notice.
Barge Bridge Abutments—AGDC
plans to construct approach abutments
(gravel filled open-cell sheet pile
bulkheads) along the east side of the
existing causeway on both ends of the
barge bridge. AGDC would place gravel
bags for erosion control in locations
where there is no bulkhead. The
bulkheads would be approximately 420
ft. (128 m) long (along the causeway)
and 120 ft. (36.6 m) across.
Much of the abutment sheet pile is for
the tail walls that run from the bulkhead
into the gravel fill and terminate at an
anchor pile (H-pile). A large portion of
this tail wall piling and many of the tail
wall anchor piles would be driven into
dry ground and are not included in the
analysis for assessing in-water noise
impacts on marine mammals. Table 2
lists the numbers and types of pilings
planned for in-water installation for the
barge bridge abutments.
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43385
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
TABLE 2—PILES PLANNED FOR IN-WATER INSTALLATION AT THE NORTH AND SOUTH BARGE BRIDGE ABUTMENT
BULKHEADS
Number of
piles
Pile type and installation method
South Abutment ........................................
North Abutment .........................................
19.69-inch Steel Sheet Pile (Vibratory) .......................................................................
14-inch Steel H-Pile (Impact) .......................................................................................
19.69-inch Steel Sheet Pile (Vibratory) .......................................................................
14-inch Steel H-Pile (Impact) .......................................................................................
AGDC plans to install the sheet piles
from land or barges on open water, and
potentially from the ice if the
contingency period is necessary.
Construction of the barge bridge
abutments is scheduled for July–August
with a break in pile driving during the
Nuiqsut whaling season (approximately
August 25–September 15) if activities
overlap. If AGDC is unable to complete
construction during the open water
period, they plan to complete the work
during the contingency period from
February to April of 2023.
Barge Bridge Mooring Dolphins—
AGDC plans to install four mooring
dolphins at the barge bridge site to
protect the current bridge from the
barges and hold the ballasted barges in
place. Each mooring dolphin consists of
one 48-inch diameter (1.2 m), 100 ft.
(30.5 m) long steel pipe pile that AGDC
will drive with an impact hammer to a
minimum of 65 ft. (19.8 m) into the
seabed. As described above for the DH4
mooring dolphins, AGDC plans to
install four temporary spuds (14.5-inch
steel H-piles) with a vibratory hammer
for support prior to the construction of
695
4
609
4
each barge bridge mooring dolphin.
AGDC would extract these temporary
spuds immediately after completion of
the dolphin.
AGDC plans to construct the barge
bridge abutments, including the
mooring dolphins, in July and August,
with a break in pile driving during the
Nuiqsut whaling season (approximately
August 25–September 15). If AGDC is
not able to complete the work during
that period, they will complete the
dolphin installation during the
contingency period from February to
April of 2023.
TABLE 3—PILES PLANNED FOR MOORING DOLPHIN INSTALLATION AT THE BARGE BRIDGE ABUTMENTS
Pile type
Installation method
48-inch Steel Pipe Pile ...............................................................
14-inch Steel H-Pile (Temporary) ...............................................
Impact .........................................................................................
Vibratory .....................................................................................
a Each
Number of
piles
4
a 16
of these piles will be installed and later removed after installation of mooring dolphin.
TABLE 4—TOTAL NUMBER OF PILES AMONG ALL PRUDHOE BAY PROJECT COMPONENTS
Number of
piles
Pile size and type
Hammer type
11.5-inch H-Pile ..........................................................................
14.5-inch H-Pile ..........................................................................
Impact .........................................................................................
Impact .........................................................................................
Vibratory .....................................................................................
Impact .........................................................................................
Vibratory .....................................................................................
48-inch Pipe Pile ........................................................................
Sheet Piles (19.69-inch and 25-inch) .........................................
AGDC will only operate one hammer
at a time during all pile driving.
Seabed Preparation at the Barge
Bridge—AGDC will construct a level
and stable barge pad to support the
ballasted barge at the proper horizontal
and vertical location for successful
transit of modules across the breach.
The pad would be designed to support
the fully loaded weight of the barge and
the heaviest modules.
Pad construction would include an
initial through-ice bathymetric survey
within the breach. AGDC would
conduct the through-ice survey by
drilling or augering holes through the
ice and measuring the bottom elevations
by a survey rod tied to the local Global
Positioning System—Real Time
Kinematic (GPS–RTK) system to provide
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
the needed level of accuracy of
horizontal positions and vertical
elevations. A grid of survey holes would
be established over the 710 ft. (216 m)
by 160 ft. (48.8 m) dimensions (2.6
acres; 0.01 km2) of the breach barge pad
to allow for determination of the bottom
bathymetry such that a plan can be
developed accordingly to prepare the
barge pad surface. NMFS expects
drilling and augering holes to produce
continuous noise similar to other
standard construction noise. We do not
expect drilling or augering holes to
result in take of marine mammals and
drilling and auguring holes through the
sea ice is not discussed further.
Seabed preparation would consist of
smoothing the seabed within the pad
area as necessary to level the seabed
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
212
8
64
16
1,726
across the pad at an elevation grade of
approximately ¥7 ft. (¥2.1 m) MLLW.
Some gravel fill may be required at
scour holes. Rock filled marine
mattresses or gabions approximately 1
ft. (0.3 m) thick would then be placed
across the graded pad to provide a stable
and low maintenance surface at ¥6 ft.
(¥ 1.8 m) MLLW on which the barges
would be grounded. These mattresses
are gravel-filled containers constructed
of high-strength geogrid, with the
geogrid panels laced together to form
mattress-shaped baskets.
AGDC would conduct the seabed
preparations through the ice during
winter using excavation equipment and
ice excavation methods. Equipment
required for the grading work includes
ice trenchers, excavators, front-end
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43386
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
loaders, man-lifts, haul trucks, survey
equipment, and other ancillary
equipment necessary to support the
operation. An equipment spread
includes a trencher for cutting ice, an
excavator for removing ice, a second
excavator, and haul units. AGDC would
initiate through-ice grading efforts by
cutting through the ice with trenchers.
Excavators would then proceed to
remove the ice to expose the seafloor
bottom. Once a section has been
exposed to the seafloor, the bottom will
be graded to ¥7 ft. (¥2.1 m) MLLW
using the excavation equipment. AGDC
would then install marine mattresses on
the graded pad, likely requiring use of
a crane. Grounded ice conditions are
expected to occur at the breach on or
before February 1st of each year at the
latest. AGDC expects to conduct
through-ice surveying and grading work
immediately after, if not sooner. AGDC
expects the total construction duration
will be 45 to 60 days with construction
complete by the end of March and
demobilization from the breach area in
early April. NMFS expects these
activities to produce continuous noise
similar to other standard construction
noise. Ringed seals could be present
during this time, particularly in
subnivean lairs (Frost and Burns, 1989;
Kelly et al., 1986; Williams et al., 2001).
It is likely that few, if any, spotted or
bearded seals would be present during
that time (Bengston et al., 2005; Lowry
et al., 1998; Simpkins et al., 2003).
Additionally, we do not expect
cetaceans to be present in the area
during this time (Quakenbush et al.,
2018, Citta et al., 2016). We do not
expect these seabed preparation
activities to result in take of marine
mammals and do not discuss them
further.
AGDC may conduct some screeding
right before the barges are placed in
summer in an effort to achieve a surface
that is near flush with adjacent
subsurface elevations. Any screeding at
the barge bridge site would be expected
to take 14 days or less. As discussed
previously, NMFS does not expect
screeding to result in marine mammal
harassment, therefore, screeding is not
discussed further in this document.
Barge Bridge Installation—The first
two barges to offload materials would be
used to form the temporary bridge,
paralleling the existing weight-limited
bridge, and spanning the breach. AGDC
would move these barges into place
against the mooring dolphins with tugs
where they would be ballasted and
fastened to the causeway abutments and
each other. The two ballasted barges
would be placed bow-to-bow when
resting on the seafloor. The barge rakes
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
would angle upward and touch at their
adjoining point, leaving an
approximately 52.5-ft (16-m) gap at the
seafloor between the barges. The stern of
each barge would angle sharply upward
at each end of the bridge, leaving an
additional 10-ft (3.1-m) gap at the
seafloor at each end.
Ramps would be installed to
accommodate smooth transit of the selfpropelled module transporters (SPMTs)
over the bridge. Modules would be
transported by SPMTs down the
causeway and over the temporary bridge
to a staging pad at the base of West
Dock. From there, they would be moved
southward over approximately 6 mi (9.7
km) of new and existing roads to the
GTP construction site.
AGDC expects construction of the
temporary barge bridge will last 3 days.
The temporary bridge would be held in
place by the mooring dolphins. AGDC
expects the temporary bridge to be in
place for 21 to 39 days, depending on
weather conditions and logistics. At the
conclusion of each year’s sealift, AGDC
would de-ballast the barges and remove
them from the breach. Upon the
subsequent summer season and the next
sealift, AGDC would position the barges
back in the breach and re-ballast them
onto the barge pad for module transport
operations. NMFS does not expect
placement or removal of the barge
bridges to result in take of marine
mammals, and we do not discuss it
further.
AGDC plans to leave West Dock
modifications in place after modules are
offloaded, as their removal would result
in greater disturbance to the
surrounding environment. AGDC also
plans to leave the piling and
infrastructure forming the offshoot and
ramp to the temporary barge bridge in
place, as removing it may result in
erosion or weakening of the existing
causeway. AGDC would cut the mooring
pilings below the sediment surface,
remove them, and cover the area with
surrounding sediment.
Sealifts—AGDC has proposed six
sealifts, consisting of two preliminary
sealifts (NEG1 and NEG2) transporting
materials (smaller modules, equipment,
and supplies) and four primary sealifts
(Sealifts 1–4) carrying the GTP modules.
AGDC identified the timing, numbers of
vessels, and numbers of modules
associated with each of these six sealifts
in their application (See Tables 8 and 9
of AGDC’s application).
The barges will transport the modules
from the manufacturing site (likely in
Asia) with first call being Dutch Harbor
to clear customs. The barges would then
proceed to a designated Marine Transit
Staging Area (MTSA), with Port
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Clarence being the preferred location for
the MTSA at this time. The tug and
barge will wait in a secure anchorage
there until sea ice conditions have
improved to 3/10 ice cover or better.
The tow spread would be accompanied
by a light aircraft which would
repeatedly fly along the tow route to
give a detailed report on sea and ice
conditions. When such conditions are
favorable, the tug and barge would
proceed to the Prudhoe Bay Offshore
Staging Area (PBOSA) located south
(shoreward) of Reindeer Island and
approximately 5 mi (8 km) north of DH4
to await berthing at DH4.
The sealift barges would be moved
from the PBOSA to DH4 with the
shallow draft assist tugs. Offloading
operations at DH4 would occur 24 hours
a day during periods of favorable
metocean and weather conditions.
Current North Slope sealift practices
limit operations to wind speed below 20
knots. The barges would be butted up
against the dock face and then ballasted
down until they rest on the prepared
barge bearing pad. Ramps would be
placed to connect the barge deck with
the dock so that the SPMTs are able to
roll under the modules, lift them, then
roll out and transport them to the
onshore module staging area.
The barges would be demobilized
from the PBOSA by ocean-going tugs
using standard marine shipping routes.
The barges would transit individually
through the Beaufort and Chukchi seas
rather than in groups, as occurred
during their arrival into Prudhoe Bay.
They would be demobilized from
Prudhoe Bay on or about midSeptember. NMFS does not expect take
to occur associated with ordinary vessel
transit, and therefore the use of sealifts
is not discussed further.
NMFS is carrying forward impact and
vibratory pile driving and removal (piles
indicated in Table 4) for further analysis
regarding potential take of marine
mammals. Proposed mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting measures are
described in detail later in this
document (please see Proposed
Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring
and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the
Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the application
summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution
and habitat preferences, and behavior
and life history of the potentially
affected species. Additional information
regarding population trends and threats
may be found in NMFS’s Stock
Assessment Reports (SARs; https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43387
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
marine-mammal-protection/marinemammal-stock-assessments) and more
general information about these species
(e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS’s
website (https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species).
Additional information may be found in
the Aerial Survey of Arctic Marine
Mammals (ASAMM) reports, which are
available online at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/alaska/marinemammal-protection/aerial-surveysarctic-marine-mammals.
Table 5 lists all species or stocks for
which take is expected and proposed to
be authorized for this action, and
summarizes information related to the
population or stock, including
regulatory status under the MMPA and
ESA and potential biological removal
(PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2019).
PBR is defined by the MMPA as the
maximum number of animals, not
including natural mortalities, that may
be removed from a marine mammal
stock while allowing that stock to reach
or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS’s
SARs). While no mortality is anticipated
or authorized here, PBR and annual
serious injury and mortality from
anthropogenic sources are included here
as gross indicators of the status of the
species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates
presented in this document represent
the total number of individuals that
make up a given stock or the total
number estimated within a particular
study or survey area. NMFS’ stock
abundance estimates for most species
represent the total estimate of
individuals within the geographic area,
if known, that comprises that stock. For
some species, this geographic area may
extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS’s U.S. Pacific and Alaska SARs
(e.g., Muto et al., 2019). All values
presented in Table 5 are the most recent
available at the time of publication and
are available in the 2018 Pacific and
Alaska SARs (Carretta et al., 2019; Muto
et al., 2019) and draft 2019 Alaska SARs
(available online at: https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/draftmarine-mammal-stock-assessmentreports).
TABLE 5—SPECIES FOR WHICH TAKE IS REASONABLY LIKELY TO OCCUR
Common name
Scientific name
Stock
abundance
(CV, Nmin,
most
recent
abundance
survey) 2
ESA/
MMPA
status;
strategic
(Y/N) 1
Stock
PBR
Annual
M/SI 3
Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
Family Eschrichtiidae:
Gray whale ......................
Family Balaenidae:
Bowhead whale ..............
Eschrichtius robustus ...........
Eastern North Pacific ...........
-/-; N
26,960 (0.05, 25,849, 2016)
801 ................
139
Balaena mysticetus ..............
Western Arctic ......................
E/D; Y
16,820 (0.052, 16,100, 2011)
161 ................
53
39,258 (0.229, NA, 1992) ....
20,752 (0.7, 12,194, 2012) ..
UND ..............
244 ................
139
67
see SAR (see SAR, see
SAR, 2013.
461,625 (see SAR, 423,237,
2013).
see SAR (see SAR, see
SAR, 2013.
5,100 .............
863
12,697 ...........
329
See SAR .......
557
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
Family Delphinidae:
Beluga whale ..................
Delphinapterus leucas ..........
Beaufort Sea ........................
Eastern Chukchi Sea ...........
-/-; N
-/-; N
Order Carnivora—Superfamily Pinnipedia
Family Phocidae (earless
seals):
Ringed seal .....................
Phoca (pusa) hispida ...........
Alaska ...................................
T/D; Y
Spotted seal ....................
Phoca largha ........................
Alaska ...................................
-/-; N
Bearded seal ...................
Erignathus barbatus .............
Beringia ................................
T/D; Y
1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed under the
ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR or
which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the ESA is automatically
designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
2 NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance.
3 These values, found in NMFS’s SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g., commercial fisheries, ship strike).
As indicated above, all six species
(with seven managed stocks) in Table 5
temporally and spatially co-occur with
the activity to the degree that take is
reasonably likely to occur, and we have
proposed authorizing take. While a
harbor porpoise was sighted in the 2017
ASAMM survey (Clarke et al., 2018), the
spatial occurrence of harbor porpoise is
such that take is not expected to occur,
and they are not discussed further
beyond the explanation provided here.
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena phocoena)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:56 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
are considered to be extremely rare in
the Beaufort Sea, particularly in the
project area (Megan Ferguson, pers.
comm., November 2019).
In addition, the polar bear may be
found in Prudhoe Bay. However, polar
bears are managed by the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service and are not considered
further in this document.
Bowhead Whale
Of the five stocks of bowhead whale,
only the Western Arctic stock is found
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
within U.S. waters. This stock is listed
as endangered under the ESA and
depleted under the MMPA. The stock is
classified as a strategic stock and an
Alaska Species of Special Concern
(Muto et al. 2018). From 1978 to 2011,
the Western Arctic stock increased at a
rate of 3.7 percent (95 percent
Confidence Interval [CI] = 2.9–4.6
percent), and abundance tripled from
approximately 5,000 to approximately
16,820 whales (Givens et al. 2016).
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43388
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
Bowhead whales belonging to the
Western Arctic stock are distributed
seasonally in ice-covered waters of the
Arctic and near-Arctic, generally
between 60 degrees and 75 degrees
North latitude in the Western Arctic
Basin (Moore and Reeves 1993; Muto et
al. 2018). The majority of the stock
migrates annually from wintering areas
(December to March) in the central and
northwestern Bering Sea, north through
the Chukchi Sea in the spring (April
through May) following offshore ice
leads around the coast of Alaska, and
into the eastern Beaufort Sea where they
spend most of the summer (June
through early to mid-October). Most
animals from the stock return to the
Bering Sea in the fall (September
through December) where they
overwinter (Braham et al. 1980; Moore
and Reeves 1993; Citta et al. 2015; Muto
et al. 2018).
Critical habitat has not been
designated for the bowhead whale.
NMFS was petitioned in 2000 to
consider designating the nearshore areas
from Utqiag˙vik east to the U.S.–Canada
border as critical habitat for the Western
Arctic stock. In 2002, NMFS determined
that a critical habitat designation was
not necessary as the population was
increasing and approaching the precommercial whaling size, there were no
known habitat issues slowing the
population growth, and activities that
occurred in the petitioned area were
already being managed to minimize
impacts to the population (67 FR
55767).
The annual migration of the Western
Arctic stock to and from the summer
feeding grounds in the Beaufort Sea has
been monitored by the Bureau of Ocean
Energy Management (BOEM) (and
predecessor agencies), NMFS, and/or
industry since 1982 (Treacy et al. 2006;
Blackwell et al. 2007; Ireland et al.
2009; Reiser et al. 2011; Bisson et al.
2013; Clarke et al. 2014). Survey data
indicate that the fall migration off
northern Alaska occurs primarily over
the continental shelf, generally 12–37
mi (19–60 km) offshore, in waters 66–
197 ft (11–60 m deep (Moore et al. 1989;
Moore and Reeves 1993; Treacy 2002;
Monnett and Treacy 2005; Treacy et al.
2006). Waters less than 15 ft. (4.5 m)
deep are considered too shallow to
support these whales, and in three
decades of aerial surveys by BOEM
(ASAMM), no bowhead whale has been
recorded in waters less than 16.4 ft (5
m) deep (Clarke and Ferguson 2010).
Monitoring surveys have been
conducted annually since 2001 at the
Northstar offshore oil and gas facility
located just offshore of West Dock. Over
95 percent of the bowheads observed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
during these fall surveys occurred more
than 13.9 mi (22.3 km) offshore in 2001,
14.2 mi (22.9 km) in 2002, 8.4 mi (13.5
km) in 2003, and 10.1 mi (16.3 km) in
2004 (Blackwell et al. 2007). West Dock
extends out from the shoreline 2.7 mi
(4.3 km) and is within shallow waters
less than 14.2 ft (4.3 m) deep. The
proposed project activities would occur
primarily along the West Dock
causeway in an area developed for oil
and gas with existing vessel traffic.
While a small number of bowhead
whales have been seen or heard offshore
near Prudhoe Bay in late August (LGL
and Greenridge 1996; Greene et al. 1999;
Blackwell et al. 2007; Goetz et al. 2008),
bowheads are not likely to occur in the
immediate vicinity of the proposed
activities.
Clarke et al. (2015) identified nine
biologically important areas (BIAs) for
bowheads in the U.S. Arctic region. The
spring (April–May) migratory corridor
BIA for bowheads is far offshore from
the behavioral disturbance zones for the
project, while the fall (September–
October) migratory corridor BIA
(western Beaufort Sea on and north of
the shelf) for bowheads is further
inshore and closer to the project site.
Clarke et al. (2015) also identified four
BIAs for bowheads that are important
for reproduction and encompassed areas
where the majority of bowhead whales
identified as calves were observed each
season; none of these reproductive BIAs
overlap directly with the behavioral
disturbance zones for the AK LNG
project. Finally, three bowhead feeding
BIAs were identified. Again, there is no
spatial overlap of the activity with these
BIAs. In summary, we expect that
bowhead whales may occur within the
project area during the open water
season. We would not expect bowheads
to be present during AGDC’s winter/
spring contingency pile driving period.
Gray Whale
The Eastern North Pacific (ENP) stock
of gray whales utilize U.S. waters from
the southern coast of California north
into Alaska. In 1994, the ENP stock was
delisted from the ESA due to recovery
(59 FR 31094). Punt and Wade (2012)
estimated the stock was at 85 percent of
carrying capacity and is, therefore,
within range of its optimum sustainable
population (OSP).
The majority of the ENP stock of gray
whales spend the summer and fall
feeding in the Chukchi, Beaufort, and
northwestern Bering seas before
migrating south to the warmer water
lagoons of coastal Baja California and
Mexico. Prior to 1997, reports of gray
whales in the Beaufort Sea were very
rare. A single gray whale was killed at
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Cross Island in 1933 (Maher 1960), and
small numbers were observed in the
Canadian Beaufort Sea approximately
700 coastal mi (1,100 coastal km) east of
Point Barrow in 1980 (Rugh and Fraker
1981). Gray whale sightings became
more common from 1998 to 2004,
although still infrequent (Miller et al.
1999; Treacy 2000; Williams and
Coltrane 2002), and, after 2005, the
species has been regularly observed in
the Beaufort Sea (Green and Negri 2005;
Green et al. 2007; Jankowski et al. 2008;
Lyons et al. 2009). Feeding gray whales
were observed near Elson Lagoon
(immediately east of Point Barrow) in
2005 (Green and Negri 2005) and in
Smith Bay (approximately 62 mi [100
km] east of Point Barrow) in 2007
(Green et al. 2007). Few gray whales
have been documented as far east as
Cape Halkett (approximately 99 mi [160
km] east of Point Barrow) in the
Beaufort Sea, and their occurrence
within the project area is not likely.
Clarke et al. (2015) identified
biologically important areas (BIAs) for
gray whale feeding and reproduction in
the U.S. Arctic region, however, both
are far west of the project area in the
Chukchi Sea.
In summary, we expect that gray
whales could occur within the project
area during the open water season,
though occurrence is not likely. We
would not expect gray whales to be
present during AGDC’s winter/spring
contingency pile driving period.
Beluga Whale
Of the five stocks of beluga whales
occurring in Alaska waters, two inhabit
the Beaufort Sea: The Beaufort Sea stock
and the Eastern Chukchi Sea stock.
Beluga whales from the two stocks
migrate between the Bering and
Beaufort seas and are closely associated
with open leads and polynyas. The
Beaufort Sea stock departs the Bering
Sea in early spring, migrating through
the Chukchi Sea and into the Canadian
Beaufort Sea where they spend the
summer and most of the fall, returning
to the Bering Sea in the late fall. The
Eastern Chukchi stock remains in the
Bering Sea slightly longer, departing in
the late spring and early summer for the
Chukchi Sea and western Beaufort Sea
where they spend the summer before
returning to the Bering Sea in the fall
(Muto et al. 2018).
O’Corry et al. (2018) studied genetic
marker sets in 1,647 beluga whales. The
data set was from over 20 years and
encompassed all of the whales’ major
coastal summering regions in the Pacific
Ocean. The genetic marker analysis of
the migrating whales revealed that
while both the wintering and
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
summering areas of the eastern Chukchi
Sea and eastern Beaufort Sea
subpopulations may overlap, the timing
of spring migration differs such that the
whales hunted at coastal sites in
Chukotka, the Bering Strait (i.e.,
Diomede), and northwest Alaska (i.e.,
Point Hope) in the spring and off of
Alaska’s Beaufort Sea coast in summer
were predominantly from the eastern
Beaufort Sea population. Earlier genetic
investigations and recent telemetry
studies show that the spring migration
of eastern Beaufort whales occurs earlier
and through denser sea ice than eastern
Chukchi Sea belugas. The discovery that
a few individual whales found at some
of these spring locations had a higher
likelihood of having eastern Chukchi
Sea ancestry or being of mixed-ancestry,
indicates that the Bering Strait region is
also an area where the stock mix in
spring. Citta et al. (2016) also observed
that tagged eastern Beaufort Sea whales
migrated north in the spring through the
Bering Strait earlier than the eastern
Chukchi belugas, so they had to pass
through the latter’s primary wintering
area. Therefore, the eastern Chukchi
stock is unlikely to be present in the
action area at any time in general,
particularly during summer and fall,
when most beluga exposures would be
anticipated for this project. However,
we conservatively assume that beluga
whale takes during AGDC’s project
could occur to either stock.
Most belugas recorded during aerial
surveys conducted in the Alaskan
Beaufort Sea in the last two decades
were found over 40 mi (65 km) from
shore (Miller et al. 1999; Funk et al.
2008; Christie et al. 2010; Clarke and
Ferguson 2010; Brandon et al. 2011).
ASAMM 2016 surveys reported belugas
along the continental slope with few
sightings nearshore in the western
Beaufort Sea, and Clarke et al. (2017)
reported that distribution was similar to
that documented in previous years with
light sea ice cover.
Surveys have recorded belugas close
to shore and in the vicinity of the
activity area. Green and Negri (2005)
reported small beluga groups nearshore
Cape Lonely (August 26) and in Smith
Bay (September 4). Funk et al. (2008)
reported a group just offshore of the
barrier islands near Simpson Lagoon.
Aerts et al. (2008) reported summer
sightings of three groups of eight
animals inside the barrier islands near
Prudhoe Bay; and Lomac-MacNair
(2014) recorded 15 beluga whales
offshore of Prudhoe Bay between July
and August. While it is possible for
belugas to occur in the project area,
nearshore sightings are unlikely.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
Whales from both the Beaufort Sea
and eastern Chukchi Sea stocks
overwinter in the Bering Sea. Belugas of
the eastern Chukchi may winter in
offshore, although relatively shallow,
waters of the western Bering Sea
(Richard et al., 2001), and the Beaufort
Sea stock may winter in more nearshore
waters of the northern Bering Sea (R.
Suydam, pers. comm. 2012c).
Clarke et al., (2015) identified two
biologically important areas (BIAs) for
beluga whales in the U.S. Arctic region.
Both the spring (April–May) and fall
(September–October) migratory corridor
BIAs for belugas are far offshore from
the behavioral disturbance zones for the
project.
In summary, we expect that beluga
whales from either the Beaufort Sea or
Chukchi Sea stock may occur within the
project area during the open water
season. We would not expect belugas to
be present during AGDC’s winter/spring
contingency pile driving period.
Ringed Seal
Ringed seals are one of the most
common marine mammals in the
Beaufort, Chukchi, and Bering Seas,
with the Alaska stock estimated at a
minimum of 249,000 animals (Allen and
Angliss 2011). Ringed seals rely on the
sea ice for key life history functions and
remain associated with the ice most of
the year. They are well adapted to
inhabiting both shorefast and pack ice,
and diminishing sea ice and snow
resulting from climate change is the
primary concern for this population.
The ice provides a platform for pupping
and nursing in late winter and early
spring, for molting in late spring to early
summer, and for resting during other
times of the year. When sea ice is at its
maximal extent during the winter and
early spring in Alaska waters, ringed
seal numbers are high in the northern
Bering Sea, and throughout the Chukchi
and Beaufort Seas. The species is
generally not abundant south of Norton
Sound, but animals have occurred as far
south as Bristol Bay in years of
extensive ice coverage (Muto et al.
2018).
Seasonal movements have not been
thoroughly documented; however, most
ringed seals that overwinter in the
Bering and Chukchi seas are thought to
migrate north as the ice retreats in the
spring. During the summer, ringed seals
feed in the pack ice of the northern
Chukchi and Beaufort seas, and in
nearshore ice remnants of the Beaufort
Sea. As the ice advances with freeze-up
in the fall, many seals move west and
south and disperse throughout the
Chukchi and Bering seas while some
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43389
remain in the Beaufort Sea (Muto et al.
2018).
Frost et al. (2004) conducted aerial
surveys over the Beaufort Sea coast from
Utqiag˙vik to Kaktovik and determined
that ringed seal density was greatest in
water depths between 16 and 115 ft. (5
and 35 m), and in relatively flat ice
close to the fast ice edge. Aerial surveys
conducted in association with
construction near the Northstar facility
found ringed seal densities ranged from
0.39 to 0.83 seals per km2 (Moulton et
al. 2005).
Historically, ringed seal occurrence in
or near the activity area has been
minimal, and large concentrations of
seals are not expected near West Dock
during project operations. However,
ringed seals may occur in the project
area during the open-water season or
during AGDC’s winter/spring
contingency period.
Spotted Seal
The Alaska stock of spotted seals are
found along the continental shelf of the
Bering, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas.
During the late fall through spring,
when seals are hauled out on sea ice,
whelping, nursing, breeding, and
molting occurs. After the sea ice has
melted, most spotted seals haul out on
land in the summer and fall (Boveng et
al. 2009). Pupping occurs along the
Bering Sea ice front during March and
April, followed by mating and molting
in May and June (Quakenbush 1988).
During the summer, the seals follow the
retreating ice north into the Chukchi
and Beaufort seas, and haul out on
lagoon and river delta beaches during
the open water period. The migration
back to the Bering Sea wintering
grounds begins with sea ice
advancement, usually in October
(Lowry et al. 1998).
Spotted seals were recorded during
barging activities between Prudhoe Bay
and Cape Simpson from 2005–2007
(Green and Negri 2005, 2006; Green et
al. 2007). Between 23 and 54 seals were
observed annually, with the peak
distributions found off the Colville and
Piasuk rivers. Savarese et al. (2010)
surveyed the central Beaufort Sea from
2006 to 2008 and recorded greater
numbers of animals, with 59 to 125
spotted seals observed annually. LomacMacNair et al. (2014) observed 37
spotted seals in Prudhoe Bay (and
another 39 that were either spotted or
ringed seals), including several in the
immediate vicinity of West Dock, while
monitoring July–August seismic
activity.
Sighting data indicate that spotted
seals could be present in the project area
during the summer months, however,
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43390
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
we do not expect spotted seals to occur
in the project area during AGDC’s
contingency period.
Bearded Seal
The Alaska stock of bearded seals
occur seasonally in the shallow shelf
waters of the Beaufort, Chukchi, and
Bering Seas (Cameron et al. 2010).
Bearded seals are closely associated
with ice and their migration coincides
with the sea ice retreat and
advancement. Some seals are found in
the Beaufort Sea year-round; however,
most prefer to winter in the Bering Sea
and summer in areas with high ice
coverage (70–90 percent) in the Chukchi
and Beaufort seas (Simpkins et al. 2003;
Bengston et al. 2005). The stock feeds
primarily on benthic organisms and
demersal fishes, and is therefore, closely
linked to shallow waters that are less
than 656 ft. (200 m) where they can
reach the seafloor to forage (Muto et al.
2018).
Aerial surveys conducted in the
Beaufort Sea indicated that bearded
seals preferred water depths between
82–246 ft (25–75 m) and areas of open
ice cover (Cameron et al. 2010).
ASAMM commonly observe bearded
seals offshore in the Beaufort Sea;
however, no sightings have been
observed in the West Dock activity area.
Based on bearded seal water depth and
ice coverage preferences, survey
observations in the Prudhoe Bay region,
and the normal level of ongoing
industrial activity in the project area,
only very small numbers of bearded
seals are expected near the project area.
Critical habitat has not been
designated for the bearded seal (Muto et
al. 2018).
In summary, bearded seals may occur
in the project area during the open
water season. Bearded seals could
potentially occur in the project area
during AGDC’s winter/spring
contingency period, however, we would
expect very few, if any, bearded seals to
be present during this time.
Unusual Mortality Events (UME)
A UME is defined under the MMPA
as a stranding that is unexpected;
involves a significant die-off of any
marine mammal population; and
demands immediate response.
Currently, there are ongoing UME
investigations in Alaska involving gray
whales and ice seals.
Since January 1, 2019, elevated gray
whale strandings have occurred along
the west coast of North America from
Mexico through Alaska. This event has
been declared an Unusual Mortality
Event (UME), though a cause has not yet
been determined. More information is
available at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2019-2020-graywhale-unusual-mortality-event-alongwest-coast.
Since June 1, 2018, elevated ice seal
strandings have occurred in the Bering
and Chukchi seas in Alaska. This event
has been declared an Unusual Mortality
Event (UME), though a cause has not yet
been determined. More information is
available at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-life-distress/2018-2020-ice-sealunusual-mortality-event-alaska.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory
modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to
anthropogenic sound can have
deleterious effects. To appropriately
assess the potential effects of exposure
to sound, it is necessary to understand
the frequency ranges marine mammals
are able to hear. Current data indicate
that not all marine mammal species
have equal hearing capabilities (e.g.,
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and
Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008).
To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007)
recommended that marine mammals be
divided into functional hearing groups
based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available
behavioral response data, audiograms
derived using auditory evoked potential
techniques, anatomical modeling, and
other data. Note that no direct
measurements of hearing ability have
been successfully completed for
mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018)
described generalized hearing ranges for
these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen
based on the approximately 65 decibel
(dB) threshold from the normalized
composite audiograms, with the
exception for lower limits for lowfrequency cetaceans where the lower
bound was deemed to be biologically
implausible and the lower bound from
Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine
mammal hearing groups and their
associated hearing ranges are provided
in Table 6.
TABLE 6—MARINE MAMMAL HEARING GROUPS
[NMFS, 2018]
Generalized hearing
range *
Hearing group
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen whales) .....................................................................................................................
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins, toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose whales) ...........................................
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins, cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger & L.
australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true seals) ...................................................................................................................
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea lions and fur seals) ..............................................................................................
7 Hz to 35 kHz.
150 Hz to 160 kHz.
275 Hz to 160 kHz.
50 Hz to 86 kHz.
60 Hz to 39 kHz.
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual species’
hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized hearing range chosen based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized composite audiogram,
with the exception for lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al. 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing
group was modified from Southall et al.
(2007) on the basis of data indicating
that phocid species (which include
ringed, spotted, and bearded seals) have
consistently demonstrated an extended
frequency range of hearing compared to
otariids, especially in the higher
frequency range (Hemila¨ et al., 2006;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and
Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these
groups and associated frequency ranges,
please see NMFS (2018) for a review of
available information. As noted above,
six marine mammal species (three
cetacean and three phocid pinniped
species) have the reasonable potential to
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
co-occur with the proposed survey
activities. Please refer to Table 5. Of the
cetacean species that may be present,
two are classified as low-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., gray whale and bowhead
whale) and one is classified as a midfrequency cetacean (i.e., beluga whale).
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
Potential Effects of Specified Activities
on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that components
of the specified activity may impact
marine mammals and their habitat. The
Estimated Take section later in this
document includes a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the
content of this section, the Estimated
Take section, and the Proposed
Mitigation section, to draw conclusions
regarding the likely impacts of these
activities on the reproductive success or
survivorship of individuals and how
those impacts on individuals are likely
to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
The marine soundscape is comprised
of both ambient and anthropogenic
sounds. Ambient sound is defined as
the all-encompassing sound in a given
place and is usually a composite of
sound from many sources both near and
far. The sound level of an area is
defined by the total acoustical energy
being generated by known and
unknown sources. These sources may
include physical (e.g., waves, wind,
precipitation, earthquakes, ice,
atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,
sounds produced by marine mammals,
fish, and invertebrates), and
anthropogenic sound (e.g., vessels,
dredging, aircraft, construction). The
sum of the various natural and
anthropogenic sound sources at any
given location and time—which
comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’
sound—depends not only on the source
levels (as determined by current
weather conditions and levels of
biological and shipping activity) but
also on the ability of sound to propagate
through the environment. In turn, sound
propagation is dependent on the
spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a
result of the dependence on a large
number of varying factors, ambient
sound levels can be expected to vary
widely over both coarse and fine spatial
and temporal scales. Sound levels at a
given frequency and location can vary
by 10–20 dB from day to day
(Richardson et al., 1995). The result is
that, depending on the source type and
its intensity, sound from the specified
activity may be a negligible addition to
the local environment or could form a
distinctive signal that may affect marine
mammals. In-water construction
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
activities associated with the project
would include vibratory pile driving
and removal and impact pile driving.
The sounds produced by these activities
fall into one of two general sound types:
Impulsive and non-impulsive.
Impulsive sounds (e.g., explosions,
gunshots, sonic booms, impact pile
driving) are typically transient, brief
(less than one second), broadband, and
consist of high peak sound pressure
with rapid rise time and rapid decay
(ANSI 1986; NIOSH 1998; ANSI 2005;
NMFS, 2018). Non-impulsive sounds
(e.g., aircraft, machinery operations
such as drilling or dredging, vibratory
pile driving, and active sonar systems)
can be broadband, narrowband or tonal,
brief or prolonged (continuous or
intermittent), and typically do not have
the high peak sound pressure with raid
rise/decay time that impulsive sounds
do (ANSI 1995; NIOSH 1998; NMFS
2018). The distinction between these
two sound types is important because
they have differing potential to cause
physical effects, particularly with regard
to hearing (e.g., Ward 1997 in Southall
et al., 2007).
Two types of pile hammers would be
used on this project: Impact and
vibratory. Impact hammers operate by
repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto
a pile to drive the pile into the substrate.
Sound generated by impact hammers is
characterized by rapid rise times and
high peak levels, a potentially injurious
combination (Hastings and Popper,
2005). Vibratory hammers install piles
by vibrating them and allowing the
weight of the hammer to push them into
the sediment. Vibratory hammers
produce significantly less sound than
impact hammers. Peak sound pressure
levels (SPLs) may be 180 dB or greater,
but are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than
SPLs generated during impact pile
driving of the same-sized pile (Oestman
et al., 2009). Rise time is slower,
reducing the probability and severity of
injury, and sound energy is distributed
over a greater amount of time (Nedwell
and Edwards 2002; Carlson et al., 2005).
The likely or possible impacts of
AGDC’s proposed activity on marine
mammals could involve both nonacoustic and acoustic stressors.
Potential non-acoustic stressors could
result from the physical presence of the
equipment and personnel; however, any
impacts to marine mammals are
expected to primarily be acoustic in
nature. Acoustic stressors include
effects of heavy equipment operation
during pile installation and removal.
Acoustic Impacts
The introduction of anthropogenic
noise into the aquatic environment from
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43391
pile driving and removal is the primary
means by which marine mammals may
be harassed from AGDC’s specified
activity. Animals exposed to natural or
anthropogenic sound may experience
physical and psychological effects,
ranging in magnitude from none to
severe (Southall et al., 2007). In general,
exposure to pile driving and removal
noise has the potential to result in
auditory threshold shifts and behavioral
reactions (e.g., avoidance, temporary
cessation of foraging and vocalizing,
changes in dive behavior). Exposure to
anthropogenic noise can also lead to
non-observable physiological responses
such as an increase in stress hormones.
Additional noise in a marine mammal’s
habitat can mask acoustic cues used by
marine mammals to carry out daily
functions such as communication and
predator and prey detection. The effects
of pile driving and removal noise on
marine mammals are dependent on
several factors, including, but not
limited to, sound type (e.g., impulsive
vs. non-impulsive), the species, age and
sex class (e.g., adult male vs. mom with
calf), duration of exposure, the distance
between the pile and the animal,
received levels, behavior at time of
exposure, and previous history with
exposure (Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall
et al., 2007). Here we discuss physical
auditory effects (threshold shifts)
followed by behavioral effects and
potential impacts on habitat. NMFS
defines a noise-induced threshold shift
(TS) as a change, usually an increase, in
the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual’s
hearing range above a previously
established reference level (NMFS
2018). The amount of threshold shift is
customarily expressed in dB. A TS can
be permanent or temporary. As
described in NMFS (2018), there are
numerous factors to consider when
examining the consequence of TS,
including, but not limited to, the signal
temporal pattern (e.g., impulsive or nonimpulsive), likelihood an individual
would be exposed for a long enough
duration or to a high enough level to
induce a TS, the magnitude of the TS,
time to recovery (seconds to minutes or
hours to days), the frequency range of
the exposure (i.e., spectral content), the
hearing and vocalization frequency
range of the exposed species relative to
the signal’s frequency spectrum (i.e.,
how an animal uses sound within the
frequency band of the signal; e.g.,
Kastelein et al., 2014), and the overlap
between the animal and the source (e.g.,
spatial, temporal, and spectral).
Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS)—
NMFS defines PTS as a permanent,
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43392
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
irreversible increase in the threshold of
audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual’s hearing range
above a previously established reference
level (NMFS, 2018). Available data from
humans and other terrestrial mammals
indicate that a 40 dB threshold shift
approximates PTS onset (see Ward et
al., 1958, 1959; Ward 1960; Kryter et al.,
1966; Miller 1974; Ahroon et al., 1996;
Henderson et al., 2008). PTS levels for
marine mammals are estimates; with the
exception of a single study
unintentionally inducing PTS in a
harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Kastak et
al., 2008), there are no empirical data
measuring PTS in marine mammals
largely due to the fact that, for various
ethical reasons, experiments involving
anthropogenic noise exposure at levels
inducing PTS are not typically pursued
or authorized (NMFS 2018).
Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS)—
NMFS defines TTS as a temporary,
reversible increase in the threshold of
audibility at a specified frequency or
portion of an individual’s hearing range
above a previously established reference
level (NMFS, 2018). Based on data from
cetacean TTS measurements (see
Southall et al., 2007), a TTS of 6 dB is
considered the minimum threshold shift
clearly larger than any day-to-day or
session-to-session variation in a
subject’s normal hearing ability
(Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al.,
2000, 2002). As described in Finneran
(2015), marine mammal studies have
shown the amount of TTS increases
with cumulative sound exposure level
(SELcum) in an accelerating fashion: At
low exposures with lower SELcum, the
amount of TTS is typically small and
the growth curves have shallow slopes.
At exposures with higher SELcum, the
growth curves become steeper and
approach linear relationships with the
noise SEL.
Depending on the degree (elevation of
threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery
time), and frequency range of TTS, and
the context in which it is experienced,
TTS can have effects on marine
mammals ranging from discountable to
serious (similar to those discussed in
auditory masking, below). For example,
a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small
amount of TTS in a non-critical
frequency range that takes place during
a time when the animal is traveling
through the open ocean, where ambient
noise is lower and there are not as many
competing sounds present.
Alternatively, a larger amount and
longer duration of TTS sustained during
time when communication is critical for
successful mother/calf interactions
could have more serious impacts. We
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
note that reduced hearing sensitivity as
a simple function of aging has been
observed in marine mammals, as well as
humans and other taxa (Southall et al.,
2007), so we can infer that strategies
exist for coping with this condition to
some degree, though likely not without
cost.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four
species of cetaceans (bottlenose dolphin
(Tursiops truncatus), beluga whale,
harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless
porpoise (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis))
and five species of pinnipeds exposed to
a limited number of sound sources (i.e.,
mostly tones and octave-band noise) in
laboratory settings (Finneran 2015). TTS
was not observed in trained spotted and
ringed seals exposed to impulsive noise
at levels matching previous predictions
of TTS onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016).
In general, harbor seals and harbor
porpoises have a lower TTS onset than
other measured pinniped or cetacean
species (Finneran 2015). Additionally,
the existing marine mammal TTS data
come from a limited number of
individuals within these species. No
data are available on noise-induced
hearing loss for mysticetes. For
summaries of data on TTS in marine
mammals or for further discussion of
TTS onset thresholds, please see
Southall et al., (2007), Finneran and
Jenkins (2012), Finneran (2015), and
Table 5 in NMFS (2018). Installing piles
requires vibratory and impact pile
driving in this project. There would
likely be pauses in activities producing
the sound during each day. Given these
pauses and that many marine mammals
are likely moving through the
ensonified area and not remaining for
extended periods of time, the potential
for TS declines.
Behavioral Harassment—Exposure to
noise from pile driving and removal also
has the potential to behaviorally disturb
marine mammals. Available studies
show wide variation in response to
underwater sound; therefore, it is
difficult to predict specifically how any
given sound in a particular instance
might affect marine mammals
perceiving the signal. If a marine
mammal does react briefly to an
underwater sound by changing its
behavior or moving a small distance, the
impacts of the change are unlikely to be
significant to the individual, let alone
the stock or population. However, if a
sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or
breeding area for a prolonged period,
impacts on individuals and populations
could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and
Bejder 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005).
Disturbance may result in changing
durations of surfacing and dives,
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
number of blows per surfacing, or
moving direction and/or speed;
reduced/increased vocal activities;
changing/cessation of certain behavioral
activities (such as socializing or
feeding); visible startle response or
aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke
slapping or jaw clapping); avoidance of
areas where sound sources are located.
Pinnipeds may increase their haul out
time, possibly to avoid in-water
disturbance (Thorson and Reyff 2006).
Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and
any reactions depend on numerous
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
species, state of maturity, experience,
current activity, reproductive state,
auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart
2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
reactions can vary not only among
individuals but also within an
individual, depending on previous
experience with a sound source,
context, and numerous other factors
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary
depending on characteristics associated
with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of
sources, distance from the source). In
general, pinnipeds seem more tolerant
of, or at least habituate more quickly to,
potentially disturbing underwater sound
than do cetaceans, and generally seem
to be less responsive to exposure to
industrial sound than most cetaceans.
Please see Appendices B–C of Southall
et al., (2007) for a review of studies
involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound. Disruption of
feeding behavior can be difficult to
correlate with anthropogenic sound
exposure, so it is usually inferred by
observed displacement from known
foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets
or sediment plumes), or changes in dive
behavior. As for other types of
behavioral response, the frequency,
duration, and temporal pattern of signal
presentation, as well as differences in
species sensitivity, are likely
contributing factors to differences in
response in any given circumstance
(e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.,
2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et
al., 2007). A determination of whether
foraging disruptions incur fitness
consequences would require
information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected
individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort
and success, and the life history stage of
the animal.
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
Stress responses—An animal’s
perception of a threat may be sufficient
to trigger stress responses consisting of
some combination of behavioral
responses, autonomic nervous system
responses, neuroendocrine responses, or
immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950;
Moberg 2000). In many cases, an
animal’s first and sometimes most
economical (in terms of energetic costs)
response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous
system responses to stress typically
involve changes in heart rate, blood
pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.
These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a
significant long-term effect on an
animal’s fitness. Neuroendocrine stress
responses often involve the
hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system.
Virtually all neuroendocrine functions
that are affected by stress—including
immune competence, reproduction,
metabolism, and behavior—are
regulated by pituitary hormones. Stressinduced changes in the secretion of
pituitary hormones have been
implicated in failed reproduction,
altered metabolism, reduced immune
competence, and behavioral disturbance
(e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).
Increases in the circulation of
glucocorticoids are also equated with
stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between
stress (which is adaptive and does not
normally place an animal at risk) and
‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.
During a stress response, an animal uses
glycogen stores that can be quickly
replenished once the stress is alleviated.
In such circumstances, the cost of the
stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when
an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic
costs of a stress response, energy
resources must be diverted from other
functions. This state of distress will last
until the animal replenishes its
energetic reserves sufficient to restore
normal function.
Relationships between these
physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress
responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both
laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,
1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et
al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress
responses due to exposure to
anthropogenic sounds or other stressors
and their effects on marine mammals
have also been reviewed (Fair and
Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)
and, more rarely, studied in wild
populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship
traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in
North Atlantic right whales (Eubalaena
glacialis). These and other studies lead
to a reasonable expectation that some
marine mammals will experience
physiological stress responses upon
exposure to acoustic stressors and that
it is possible that some of these would
be classified as ‘‘distress.’’ In addition,
any animal experiencing TTS would
likely also experience stress responses
(NRC, 2003); however, distress is an
unlikely result of this project based on
observations of marine mammals during
previous, similar projects in the area.
Masking—Sound can disrupt behavior
through masking, or interfering with, an
animal’s ability to detect, recognize, or
discriminate between acoustic signals of
interest (e.g., those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions,
prey detection, predator avoidance,
navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995).
Masking occurs when the receipt of a
sound is interfered with by another
coincident sound at similar frequencies
and at similar or higher intensity, and
may occur whether the sound is natural
(e.g., snapping shrimp, wind, waves,
precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g.,
pile driving, shipping, sonar, seismic
exploration) in origin. The ability of a
noise source to mask biologically
important sounds depends on the
characteristics of both the noise source
and the signal of interest (e.g., signal-tonoise ratio, temporal variability,
direction), in relation to each other and
to an animal’s hearing abilities (e.g.,
sensitivity, frequency range, critical
ratios, frequency discrimination,
directional discrimination, age or TTS
hearing loss), and existing ambient
noise and propagation conditions.
Masking of natural sounds can result
when human activities produce high
levels of background sound at
frequencies important to marine
mammals. Conversely, if the
background level of underwater sound
is high (e.g. on a day with strong wind
and high waves), an anthropogenic
sound source would not be detectable as
far away as would be possible under
quieter conditions and would itself be
masked.
Airborne Acoustic Effects—We do not
expect harassment as a result of airborne
sound, as there are no haul out sites
near West Dock during the open water
season. If AGDC must work during their
contingency period, they will begin pile
driving prior to March 1 (see Proposed
Mitigation), so we would not expect
ringed seals to build their lairs close
enough to the project site to be taken by
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43393
in-air sound during the contingency
period. Therefore, we do not believe
that authorization of incidental take
resulting from airborne sound is
warranted, and airborne sound is not
discussed further here.
Marine Mammal Habitat Effects
AGDC’s construction activities could
have localized, temporary impacts on
marine mammal habitat by increasing
in-water sound pressure levels,
disturbing benthic habitat, and
increased turbidity. Construction
activities are of short duration and
would likely have temporary impacts on
marine mammal habitat through
increases in underwater sound.
Increased noise levels may affect
acoustic habitat (see masking discussion
above) and adversely affect marine
mammal prey in the vicinity of the
project area (see discussion below).
During vibratory pile driving, elevated
levels of underwater noise would
ensonify the area where both fish and
mammals may occur and could affect
foraging success. Additionally, marine
mammals may avoid the area during
construction; any displacement due to
noise is expected to be temporary and
is not expected to result in long-term
effects to the individuals or populations.
Additionally, winter construction
activities, including through-ice
surveying and through-ice grading could
potentially disturb ice habitat, as ice
will be cut and removed to facilitate
grading the seafloor. Work is expected
to begin immediately after the ice
becomes grounded, which typically
occurs in the work area on or before
February 1. These activities could affect
available ringed seal habitat, however,
ringed seal density is low in areas with
water depths less than 10 feet (3 meters;
Moulton et al. 2005), and the grounded
ice conditions suitable for construction
activities are not preferred habitat for
ringed seals. Additionally, winter
construction activities would begin
prior to March 1, further reducing the
potential for disturbance to ringed seal
birth lairs.
In-Water Construction Effects on
Potential Foraging Habitat
Potential prey (i.e., fish) may avoid
the immediate area due to the temporary
loss of this foraging habitat during pile
driving activities. The duration of fish
avoidance of this area after pile driving
stops is unknown, but we anticipate a
rapid return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior. Any
behavioral avoidance by fish of the
disturbed area would still leave large
areas of fish and marine mammal
foraging habitat in the nearby vicinity.
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43394
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
Additionally, a small amount of
seafloor habitat will be disturbed as a
result of pile driving, gravel deposition,
screeding, and other seabed preparation.
Benthic infauna abundance and
diversity are very low in this area, likely
due to the shallow water depth (<16 feet
[5 meter]), run-off from adjacent rivers,
and ice related stress (Carey et al. 1984).
Freezing and thawing sea ice and river
runoff during the summer melting
season significantly affect the coastal
water mass characteristics and decrease
the salinity. River outflow and coastal
erosion also transport significant
amounts of suspended sediments (BPXA
2009). Sea ice pressure ridges scour and
gouge the seafloor and move sediments,
creating natural, seasonal disruptions of
the seafloor. These factors result in a
less than favorable habitat for benthic
organisms in the activity area. Bottom
disturbance is a natural and frequent
occurrence in this nearshore region
resulting in benthic communities with
patchy distributions (Carey et al. 1984).
Given the low nearshore densities of
benthic prey items, we do not expect
screeding, pile driving, or related
construction activities to have
significant impacts on marine mammal
foraging habitat. Additionally,
installation of the new DH4 and barge
bridge abutments will cover the
associated seafloor; however, the total
seafloor area affected from installing the
structures is a very small area compared
to the vast foraging area available to
marine mammals in the Beaufort Sea,
particularly given the limited prey
expected to be in the West Dock area.
In addition to ensonification and
seafloor disturbance, a temporary and
localized increase in turbidity near the
seafloor would occur in the immediate
area surrounding the area where piles
are installed and removed, and where
screeding and seabed preparation will
take place. The screeding process
redistributes seabed materials to create
a flat even seafloor surface without the
need for excavation or disposal of
materials. Screeding would occur each
summer immediately prior to the arrival
of the first cargo barge, and would likely
increase turbidity in the immediate area
around West Dock. Turbidity and
sedimentation rates are naturally high in
this region due to ice scouring and
gouging of the seafloor and significant
amounts of suspended sediments from
river outflow and coastal erosion.
Therefore, the additional turbidity
resulting from screeding activities is not
anticipated to have a significant impact.
The sediments on the sea floor will also
be disturbed during pile driving;
however, like during screeding,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
sediment suspension will be brief and
localized and is unlikely to measurably
affect marine mammals or their prey in
the area. In general, turbidity associated
with pile installation is localized to
about a 25-ft radius around the pile
(Everitt et al., 1980). Cetaceans are not
expected to be close enough to the
project pile driving areas to experience
effects of turbidity, and any pinnipeds
are able to easily avoid localized areas
of turbidity. Therefore, the impact from
increased turbidity levels is expected to
be discountable to marine mammals.
Furthermore, pile driving and removal
at the project site would not obstruct
movements or migration of marine
mammals.
Impacts to potential foraging habitat
are expected to be temporary and
minimal based on the short duration of
activities.
In-Water Construction Effects on
Potential Prey
Numerous fish and invertebrate
species occur in Prudhoe Bay and the
Beaufort Sea, and could be affected by
the construction activities that would
produce continuous (i.e., vibratory pile
driving) and impulsive (i.e., impact pile
driving) sounds. Fish react to sounds
that are especially strong and/or
intermittent low-frequency sounds.
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause
overt or subtle changes in fish behavior
and local distribution. Hastings and
Popper (2005) identified several studies
that suggest fish may relocate to avoid
certain areas of sound energy.
Additional studies have documented
effects of pile driving on fish, although
several are based on studies in support
of large, multiyear bridge construction
projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan 2001,
2002; Popper and Hastings 2009). Sound
pulses at received levels of 160 dB may
cause subtle changes in fish behavior.
SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable
changes in behavior (Pearson et al.,
1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs of
sufficient strength have been known to
cause injury to fish and fish mortality.
The most likely impact to fish from
pile driving activities at the project site
would be temporary behavioral
avoidance of the area. The duration of
fish avoidance of this area after pile
driving stops is unknown, but as noted
above, a rapid return to normal
recruitment, distribution and behavior
is anticipated.
Popper and Hastings (2009) reviewed
information on the effects of pile driving
and concluded that there are no
substantive data on whether the high
sound levels from pile driving or any
man-made sound would have
physiological effects on invertebrates.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Any such effects would presumably be
limited to the area very near (3–16 ft.
[1–5 m]) the sound source and would
result in no population effects due to
the relatively small area affected at any
one time and the reproductive strategy
of most zooplankton species (short
generation, high fecundity, and very
high natural mortality). No adverse
impact on zooplankton populations
would be expected to occur from these
activities, due in part to large
reproductive capacities and naturally
high levels of predation and mortality of
these populations. Any mortalities or
impacts that might occur would be
expected to be negligible compared to
the naturally occurring high
reproductive and mortality rates.
As noted above, due to the limited
presence of benthic invertebrates in the
West Dock area, we do not expect
screeding and seafloor preparation
activities to result in a significant loss
of benthic prey availability, particularly
in comparison to the vast foraging area
available to marine mammals in the
Beaufort Sea.
In summary, given the short daily
duration of sound associated with
individual pile driving events and the
relatively small areas being affected,
pile driving activities associated with
the proposed action are not likely to
have a permanent, adverse effect on any
fish or invertebrate habitat, or
populations of fish or invertebrate
species. Thus, we conclude that impacts
of the specified activity are not likely to
have more than short-term adverse
effects on any prey habitat or
populations of prey species. Further,
any impacts to marine mammal habitat
are not expected to result in significant
or long-term consequences for
individual marine mammals, or to
contribute to adverse impacts on their
populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of
the number of incidental takes proposed
for authorization through this IHA,
which will inform both NMFS’
consideration of ‘‘small numbers’’ and
the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take
expected to result from these activities.
Except with respect to certain activities
not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the
MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as any act
of pursuit, torment, or annoyance,
which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a
marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption
of behavioral patterns, including, but
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43395
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
not limited to, migration, breathing,
nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering
(Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be
by Level B harassment, as use of the
acoustic source (i.e., vibratory and
impact pile driving) has the potential to
result in disruption of behavioral
patterns for individual marine
mammals. There is also some potential
for auditory injury (Level A harassment)
to result, primarily for phocids, due to
their lack of visibility and the size of the
Level A harassment zones. Auditory
injury is unlikely to occur to cetaceans.
The proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures are expected to
minimize the severity of the taking to
the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality
is anticipated or proposed to be
authorized for this activity. Below we
describe how the take is estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take
by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds
above which NMFS believes the best
available science indicates marine
mammals will be behaviorally harassed
or incur some degree of permanent
hearing impairment; (2) the area or
volume of water that will be ensonified
above these levels in a day; (3) the
density or occurrence of marine
mammals within these ensonified areas;
and, (4) and the number of days of
activities. We note that while these
basic factors can contribute to a basic
calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional
information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes
available (e.g., previous monitoring
results or average group size). Below, we
describe the factors considered here in
more detail and present the proposed
take estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of
acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound
above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level
B harassment) or to incur PTS of some
degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive
sources—Though significantly driven by
received level, the onset of behavioral
disturbance from anthropogenic noise
exposure is also informed to varying
degrees by other factors related to the
source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g.,
bathymetry), and the receiving animals
(hearing, motivation, experience,
demography, behavioral context) and
can be difficult to predict (Southall et
al., 2007, Ellison et al., 2012). Based on
what the available science indicates and
the practical need to use a threshold
based on a factor that is both predictable
and measurable for most activities,
NMFS uses a generalized acoustic
threshold based on received level to
estimate the onset of behavioral
harassment. NMFS predicts that marine
mammals are likely to be behaviorally
harassed in a manner we consider Level
B harassment when exposed to
underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 120 dB re 1 mPa (rms)
for continuous (e.g., vibratory piledriving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1
mPa (rms) for non-explosive impulsive
(e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources.
AGDC’s construction activity includes
the use of continuous (vibratory pile
driving) and impulsive (impact pile
driving) sources, and therefore the 120
and 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) are
applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive
sources—NMFS’ Technical Guidance
for Assessing the Effects of
Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0)
(Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies
dual criteria to assess auditory injury
(Level A harassment) to five different
marine mammal groups (based on
hearing sensitivity) as a result of
exposure to noise from two different
types of sources (impulsive or nonimpulsive). AGDC’s construction
activity includes the use of impulsive
(impact pile driving) and non-impulsive
(vibratory pile driving) sources.
These thresholds are provided in the
table below. The references, analysis,
and methodology used in the
development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical
Guidance, which may be accessed at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/
national/marine-mammal-protection/
marine-mammal-acoustic-technicalguidance.
TABLE 7—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT
PTS onset acoustic thresholds *
(received level)
Hearing group
Impulsive
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans ......................................
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans ......................................
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans .....................................
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater) .............................
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater) .............................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
1:
3:
5:
7:
9:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
Lpk,flat:
219
230
202
218
232
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
dB;
Non-impulsive
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB .........................
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB ........................
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB ........................
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB .......................
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB .......................
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should
also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and
environmental parameters of the activity
that will feed into identifying the area
ensonified above the acoustic
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
thresholds, which include source levels
and transmission loss coefficient.
The sound field in the project area is
the existing background noise plus
additional construction noise from the
proposed project. Marine mammals are
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
expected to be affected via sound
generated by the primary components of
the project (i.e., vibratory pile driving
and removal). The maximum
(underwater) area ensonified above the
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43396
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
thresholds for behavioral harassment
referenced above is 67.7km2 (26.1mi2),
and the calculated distance to the
farthest behavioral isopleth is
approximately 4.6km (2.9mi).
The project includes vibratory pile
installation and removal and impact
pile installation. Source levels for these
activities are based on reviews of
measurements of the same or similar
types and dimensions of piles available
in the literature. Source levels for each
pile size and activity are presented in
Table 8. Source levels for vibratory
installation and removal of piles of the
same diameter are assumed to be the
same.
TABLE 8—SOUND SOURCE LEVELS FOR PILE DRIVING
Pile size and type
Source level
(at 10m)
Hammer type
SPLrms
11.5-inch H-Pile ...........................
14-inch H-Pile ..............................
48-inch Pipe Pile .........................
Sheet Piles (19.69-inch and 25inch).
Impact .......................
Impact .......................
Vibratory ....................
Impact .......................
Vibratory ....................
Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease
in acoustic intensity as an acoustic
pressure wave propagates out from a
source. TL parameters vary with
frequency, temperature, sea conditions,
current, source and receiver depth,
water depth, water chemistry, and
bottom composition and topography.
The general formula for underwater TL
is:
TL = B * Log10 (R1/R2),
where
TL = transmission loss in dB
B = transmission loss coefficient
R1 = the distance of the modeled SPL from
the driven pile, and
R2 = the distance from the driven pile of the
initial measurement
Absent site-specific acoustical
monitoring with differing measured
transmission loss, a practical spreading
Peak
183
187
150
195
160
Literature source
SEL
200
208
160
210
175
value of 15 is used as the transmission
loss coefficient in the above formula.
Project and site-specific transmission
loss data for the Prudhoe Bay portion of
AGDC’s AK LNG project are not
available; therefore, the default
coefficient of 15 is used to determine
the distances to the Level A and Level
B harassment thresholds.
When the NMFS Technical Guidance
(2016) was published, in recognition of
the fact that ensonified area/volume
could be more technically challenging
to predict because of the duration
component in the new thresholds, we
developed a User Spreadsheet that
includes tools to help predict a simple
isopleth that can be used in conjunction
with marine mammal density or
occurrence to help predict takes. We
note that because of some of the
170
177
150
185
160
Caltrans
Caltrans
Caltrans
Caltrans
Caltrans
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
(12-in H-Pile).
(14-in H-Pile).
(12-in H-Pile).
(60-in CISS Pile).
(AZ Sheet Pile).
assumptions included in the methods
used for these tools, we anticipate that
isopleths produced are typically going
to be overestimates of some degree,
which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment
take. However, these tools offer the best
way to predict appropriate isopleths
when more sophisticated 3D modeling
methods are not available, and NMFS
continues to develop ways to
quantitatively refine these tools, and
will qualitatively address the output
where appropriate. For stationary
sources such as pile driving, NMFS User
Spreadsheet predicts the distance at
which, if a marine mammal remained at
that distance the whole duration of the
activity, it would incur PTS. Inputs
used in the User Spreadsheet, and the
resulting isopleths are reported below.
TABLE 9—USER SPREADSHEET INPUT PARAMETERS USED FOR CALCULATING LEVEL A HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS
Spreadsheet Tab
Used.
Weighting Factor
Adjustment (kHz).
Source Level ..........
Number of piles
within 24-h period a.
Duration to drive a
single pile (minutes).
Number of strikes
per pile.
Propagation
(xLogR).
Distance from
source level
measurement
(meters).
11.5-inch H-pile
14-inch H-pile
14-inch H-pile
48-inch pipe pile
19.69-inch sheet
piles
25-inch sheet
piles
E.1) Impact pile
driving.
2 ..........................
E.1) Impact pile
driving.
2 ..........................
A.1) Vibratory pile
driving.
2.5 .......................
E.1) Impact pile
driving.
2 ..........................
A.1) Vibratory pile
driving.
2.5 .......................
A.1) Vibratory pile
driving
2.5
170 dB SEL .........
26.09 b .................
177 dB SEL .........
4 ..........................
150 SPLrms ..........
8 ..........................
185 dB SEL .........
1.25 .....................
160 SPLrms ..........
15.24 b .................
160 SPLrms
12
.............................
.............................
15 ........................
.............................
18.9 .....................
24
1,000 ...................
1,000 ...................
.............................
1,000 ...................
.............................
15 ........................
15 ........................
15 ........................
15 ........................
15 ........................
15
10 ........................
10 ........................
10 ........................
10 ........................
10 ........................
10
a These estimates include contingencies for weather, equipment, work flow, and other factors that affect the number of piles per day, and are
assumed to be a maximum anticipated per day. Given that AGDC plans to pile drive up to 24 hours per day, it is appropriate to assume that the
number of piles installed within the 24-hour period may not be a whole number.
b These averages assume that AGDC will drive 11.5-inch H-piles and sheet piles at a rate of 25 feet per day.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43397
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
TABLE 10—CALCULATED DISTANCES TO LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT ISOPLETHS
Activity
Level A harassment zone
(m)
Hammer type
LF cetaceans
11.5-inch H-Pile ................................
14-inch H-Pile ...................................
48-inch Pipe Pile ...............................
19.69-inch Sheet Piles ......................
25-inch Sheet Piles ...........................
Impact ...............................................
Impact ...............................................
Vibratory ...........................................
Impact ...............................................
Vibratory ...........................................
Vibratory ...........................................
Level A harassment zones are
typically smaller than Level B
harassment zones. However, in rare
cases such as the impact pile driving of
the 11.5-inch and 14-inch H-piles in
AGDC’s project, the calculated Level A
harassment isopleth is greater than the
calculated Level B harassment isopleth.
Calculation of Level A harassment
isopleths include a duration component,
which in the case of impact pile driving,
is estimated through the total number of
daily strikes and the associated pulse
duration. For a stationary sound source
such as impact pile driving, we assume
here that an animal is exposed to all of
the strikes expected within a 24-hour
period. Calculation of a Level B
harassment zone does not include a
duration component. Depending on the
duration included in the calculation, the
calculated Level A harassment isopleths
can be larger than the calculated Level
B harassment isopleth for the same
activity.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the
information about the presence, density,
or group dynamics of marine mammals
that will inform the take calculations.
Each fall and summer, NMFS and
BOEM conduct an aerial survey in the
Arctic, the ASAMM surveys (Clarke et
al., 2012, 2013a, 2014, 2015, 2017a,
2017b, 2018, 2019). The goal of these
surveys is to document the distribution
and relative abundance of bowhead,
MF cetaceans
1,194
1,002
2
1,575
17
17
gray, right, fin and beluga whales and
other marine mammals in areas of
potential oil and natural gas
exploration, development, and
production activities in the Alaskan
Beaufort and northeastern Chukchi
Seas. Traditionally, only fall surveys
were conducted but, in 2011, the first
dedicated summer survey effort began
in the ASAMM Beaufort Sea study area.
AGDC used these ASAMM surveys as
the data source to estimate seasonal
densities of cetaceans (bowhead, gray
and beluga whales) in the project area.
The ASAMM surveys are conducted
within blocks that overlay the Beaufort
and Chukchi Seas oil and gas lease sale
areas offshore of Alaska (Figure 16 in
AGDC’s application), and provide
sighting data for bowhead, gray, and
beluga whales during summer and fall
months. During the summer and fall,
NMFS observed for marine mammals on
effort for 13,484 km and 12,846 km,
respectively, from 2011 through 2018.
Data from those surveys are used for this
analysis. We note that the proposed
Prudhoe Bay portion of the AK LNG
project is in ASAMM survey block 1;
the inshore boundary of this block
terminates at the McClure Island group.
It was not until 2016 that on-effort
surveys began inside the McClure Island
group (including Prudhoe Bay) since
bowhead whales, the focus of the
surveys, are not likely to enter this area,
given its shallow depth. However, no
bowheads and only one beluga whale
Level B
harassment
zone
(m)
Phocids
43
36
<1
56
2
2
639
536
1
843
10
10
341
631
1,000
2,154
4,642
4,642
have been observed in block 1a
(including Prudhoe Bay). Therefore, the
density estimates provided here are an
overestimate because they rely on
offshore surveys where marine
mammals are more likely to be present.
Bowhead Whale
AGDC calculated density estimates for
bowhead whale by dividing the average
number of whales observed per km of
transect effort in ASAMM Block 1
(whales/km in Table 11) by two times
the effective strip width (ESW) to
encompass both sides of the transect
line (whales per km/(2 × ESW). The
ESW for bowhead whales from the Aero
Commander aircraft is 1.15 km (0.71 mi)
(Ferguson and Clarke 2013). Therefore,
the summer density estimate is 0.005
bowhead whales/km2, and the fall
density estimate is 0.017 bowhead
whales/km2. The resulting densities are
expected to be overestimates for the AK
LNG analysis because the data is based
on sighting effort outside of the barrier
islands, and bowhead whales rarely
occur within the barrier islands.
However, AGDC conservatively used the
higher fall density to estimate potential
Level B harassment takes.
As noted in the Description of Marine
Mammals in the Area of Specified
Activities section, we do not expect
bowhead whales to be present during
AGDC’s winter/spring contingency pile
driving period.
TABLE 11—BOWHEAD WHALE SIGHTING DATA FROM 2011 THROUGH 2018 AND RESULTING DENSITIES
Summer
Year
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Number of
whales
sighted
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
1
5
21
17
15
97
8
2
Jkt 250001
Transect
effort
(km)
Whales/km
346
1,493
1,582
1,393
1,262
1,914
3,003
2,491
PO 00000
Fall
Frm 00017
0.003
0.003
0.013
0.012
0.012
0.051
0.003
0.001
Fmt 4701
Number of
whales
sighted
Whales/
km2 a
0.001
0.001
0.006
0.005
0.005
0.022
0.001
0.0004
Sfmt 4703
24
17
21
79
17
23
255
69
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
Transect
effort
(km)
1,130
1,696
1,121
1,538
1,663
2,360
1,803
1,535
16JYN3
Whales/km
0.021
0.010
0.019
0.051
0.010
0.010
0.141
0.045
Whales/
km2 a
0.009
0.004
0.008
0.022
0.004
0.004
0.061
0.020
43398
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
TABLE 11—BOWHEAD WHALE SIGHTING DATA FROM 2011 THROUGH 2018 AND RESULTING DENSITIES—Continued
Summer
Year
Number of
whales
sighted
Total .........................
Transect
effort
(km)
166
Fall
Whales/km
b 0.012
13,484
Number of
whales
sighted
Whales/
km2 a
b 0.005
505
Transect
effort
(km)
Whales/km
12,846
b 0.039
Whales/
km2 a
b 0.017
a Calculated
b Value
using an effective strip width of 1.15 km.
represents average, not total, across all years.
Gray Whale
Gray whale sightings in the Beaufort
Sea have increased in recent years,
however, encounters are still infrequent.
AGDC calculated density estimates for
gray whale by dividing the average
number of whales observed per km of
transect effort (whales/km in Table 12)
by two times the ESW to encompass
both sides of the transect line (whales
per km/(2 × ESW). The ESW for gray
whales from the Aero Commander
aircraft is 1.20 km (0.75 mi) (Ferguson
and Clarke 2013). Therefore, the
summer and fall density estimates are
both 0.00003 gray whales/km2. The
resulting densities are expected to be
overestimates for the AK LNG analysis
because the data is based on sighting
effort outside of the barrier islands, and
gray whales rarely occur within the
barrier islands as evidenced by Block
1A ASAMM surveys.
As noted in the Description of Marine
Mammals in the Area of Specified
Activities section, we do not expect gray
whales to be present during AGDC’s
winter/spring contingency pile driving
period.
TABLE 12—GRAY WHALE SIGHTING DATA FROM 2011 THROUGH 2018 AND RESULTING DENSITIES
Summer
Year
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Number of
whales
sighted
Transect
effort
(km)
Fall
Whales/km
Number of
whales
sighted
Whales/
km2 a
Transect
effort
(km)
Whales/km
Whales/
km2 a
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
346
1,493
1,582
1,393
1,262
1,914
3,003
2,491
0
0
0
0
0
0.003
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.001
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1,130
1,696
1,121
1,538
1,663
2,360
1,803
1,535
0
0
0
0.0007
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.0003
0
0
0
0
Total .........................
1
13,484
b 0.00007
b 0.00003
1
12,846
b 0.00008
b 0.00003
a Calculated
b Value
using an effective strip width of 1.20 km.
represents average, not total, across all years.
Beluga Whale
AGDC calculated beluga densities for
survey block 1 (the area offshore from
the McClure Island group) using
ASAMM data collected from 2014–
2018. Beluga sighting data was included
in surveys from 2011 to 2013, however,
this data is only summarized by depth
zone, rather than by survey block.
Therefore, the National Marine Mammal
Laboratory (Megan Ferguson, pers.
comm., November 18, 2019), advised
NMFS and AGDC to calculate beluga
whale density using the 2014–2018
ASAMM data, as it is more recent and
incorporates more years. Density
estimates for beluga whale were
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
calculated by dividing the average
number of whales observed per km of
transect effort (whales/km in Table 13)
by two times the effective strip width to
encompass both sides of the transect
line (whales per km/(2 × ESW). The
ESW for beluga whales from the Aero
Commander aircraft is 0.614 km (0.38
mi) (Ferguson and Clarke 2013). The
resulting summer density estimate is
0.005 beluga whales/km2, and the fall
density estimate is 0.001 beluga whales/
km2. AGDC conservatively used the
higher summer density to estimate
potential Level B harassment takes.
The resulting densities are expected
to be overestimates for the AK LNG
analysis because the data is based on
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
sighting effort outside of the barrier
islands, and beluga whales rarely occur
within the barrier islands, as evidenced
by Block 1a ASAMM survey data. Block
1a encompasses the area between the
shoreline and the barrier islands,
including Prudhoe Bay. One beluga
whale was observed in survey block 1a
in 2018. However, this sighting was a
‘‘sighting on search’’ and therefore was
not included in the density calculation.
As noted in the Description of Marine
Mammals in the Area of Specified
Activities section, we do not expect
beluga whales to be present during
AGDC’s winter/spring contingency pile
driving period.
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43399
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
TABLE 13—BELUGA WHALE SIGHTING DATA FROM 2011 THROUGH 2018 AND RESULTING DENSITIES
Summer
Year
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Number of
whales
sighted
Transect
effort
(km)
Fall
Whales/km
Number of
whales
sighted
Whales/
km2 a
Transect
effort
(km)
Whales/km
Whales/
km2 a
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
13
37
0
4
6
1,393
1,262
1,914
3,003
2,491
0.009
0.029
0
0.001
0.002
0.008
0.024
0
0.001
0.002
9
3
1
0
0
1,538
1,663
2,360
1,803
1,535
0.006
0.002
0.0004
0
0
0.005
0.001
0.0003
0
0
Total .........................
60
10,063
b 0.006
b 0.005
13
8,899
b 0.001
b 0.001
a Calculated
b Value
using an effective strip width of 0.614 km.
represents average, not total, across all years.
Ringed Seal
Ringed seals are the most abundant
species in the project area. They haul
out on the ice to molt between late May
and early June, and spring aerial surveys
provide the most comprehensive
density estimates available. Industry
monitoring programs for the
construction of the Northstar production
facility conducted spring aerial surveys
in the area surrounding West Dock from
1997 to 2002 (Frost et al., 2002; Moulten
et al., 2002b; Moulton et al., 2005;
Richardson and Williams, 2003). Spring
surveys are expected to provide the best
ringed seal density information, as the
greatest percentage of seals have
abandoned their lairs and are hauled out
on the ice (Kelly et al., 2010). Densities
were consistently very low in areas
where the water depth was less than 10
ft. (3 m), and only sightings observed in
water depths greater than 10 ft. (3 m)
have been included in the density
calculations (Moulton et al., 2002a,
Moulton et al., 2002b, Richardson and
Williams, 2003). The average observed
spring ringed seal density from this
monitoring effort was 0.548 seals/km2
(Table 14). These densities are not
corrected for unobserved animals, and
therefore may result in an
underestimated density.
TABLE 14—RINGED SEAL DENSITIES assumed the same as the summer
ESTIMATED FROM SPRING AERIAL density of 0.274 ringed seals/km2.
SURVEYS CONDUCTED FROM 1997
During the winter months, ringed
seals create subnivean lairs and
TO 2002
Density
(Seals/km2)
Year
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
......................................
0.43
0.39
0.63
0.47
0.54
0.83
Average .............................
0.548
In order to generate a summer density,
as AGDC expects that the majority of
their work will occur during the
summer, we first begin with the spring
density. Summer densities in the project
area are expected to significantly
decrease as ringed seals range
considerable distances during the open
water season. Summer density was
estimated to be 50 percent of the spring
density (0.548 seals/km2), resulting in a
summer density estimate of 0.274 ringed
seals/km2. Like summer density
estimates, fall density data are limited.
Ringed seals remain in the water
through the fall and into the winter.
Given the lack of data, fall density is
maintain breathing holes in the landfast
ice. Tagging data suggest that ringed
seals utilize multiple lairs and Kelly et
al. (1986) determined that, on average,
one seal used 2.85 lairs, although the
authors suggested that this is likely an
underestimate. Density estimates for the
number of ringed seal ice structures
have been calculated (Frost and Burns
1989; Kelly et al. 1986; Williams et al.
2001), and the average density of ice
structures from these reports is 1.58/
km2.
To estimate ringed seal density in the
winter, the average ice structure density
(1.58/km2) was divided by the average
number of structures used by the seals
(2.85 structures). The estimated density
is 0.509 ringed seals/km2 in the winter;
however, this is likely an overestimate
as the average number of ice structures
utilized is thought to be an
underestimate (Kelly et al., 1986).
While more recent ASAMM surveys
have been conducted in the project area
(2016–2018), these surveys did not
identify observed pinnipeds to species
(Clarke et al., 2019).
TABLE 15—RINGED SEAL ICE STRUCTURE DENSITY IN THE VICINITY OF THE PROJECT AREA
Ice structure density
(structures per km2)
Year
1982
1983
1999
2000
.................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................
3.6
0.81
0.71
1.2
Average Density .......................................................................................................................
1.58
Given that AGDC will only pile drive
during the winter if they are unable to
complete the work during the summer
and fall open water season, AGDC
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
estimated ringed seal takes using
summer densities, rather than winter.
NMFS concurs with this approach.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Source
Frost and Burns 1989.
Kelly et al., 1986.
Williams et al., 2001.
Williams et al., 2001.
Spotted Seal
The spotted seal occurs in the
Beaufort Sea in small numbers during
the summer open water period. At the
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43400
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
onset of freeze-up in the fall, spotted
seals return to the Chukchi and then
Bering Sea to spend the winter and
spring. As such, we do not expect
spotted seals to occur in the project area
during AGDC’s winter/spring
contingency period.
Only a few of the studies referenced
in calculating the ringed seal densities
also include data for spotted seals.
Given the limited spotted seal data,
NMFS expects that relying on this data
may result in an underestimate, and that
it is more conservative to calculate the
spotted seal density as a proportion of
the ringed seal density. Therefore,
summer spotted seal density was
estimated as a proportion of the ringed
seal summer density based on the
percentage of pinniped sightings
observed during monitoring projects in
the region (Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et
al., 2008; Hauser et al., 2008; HDR
2012). Spotted seals comprised 20
percent of the pinniped sightings during
these monitoring efforts. Therefore,
summer spotted seal density was
calculated as 20 percent of the ringed
seal density of 0.274 seals/km2. This
results in an estimated spotted seal
summer density of 0.055 seals/km2.
Bearded Seal
The majority of bearded seals spend
the winter and spring in the Chukchi
and Bering seas; however, some remain
in the Beaufort Sea year-round. A
reliable population estimate for the
bearded seal stock is not available, and
occurrence in the Beaufort Sea is less
known than that in the Bering Sea.
Spring aerial surveys conducted as part
of industry monitoring for the Northstar
production facility provide limited
sighting numbers from 1999–2002
(Moulton et al., 2000, Moulton et al.,
2001, Moulton et al., 2002a, Moulton et
al., 2003). During the 4 years of survey,
an average of 11.75 bearded seals were
observed during 3,997.5 km2 of effort.
Using this data, winter and spring
density are estimated to be 0.003
bearded seals/km2.
Bearded seals occur in the Beaufort
Sea more frequently during the open
water season, rather than other parts of
the year. They prefer waters farther
offshore. Only a few of the studies
referenced in calculating the ringed seal
densities also include data for bearded
seals. Given the limited bearded seal
data, NMFS expects that relying on this
data may result in an underestimate,
and that it is more conservative to
calculate the bearded seal density as a
proportion of the ringed seal density.
Therefore, summer density was
estimated as a proportion of the ringed
seal summer density based on the
percentage of pinniped sightings
observed during monitoring projects in
the region (Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et
al., 2008; Hauser et al., 2008; HDR
2012). Bearded seals comprised 17
percent of the pinniped sightings during
these monitoring efforts. Therefore,
summer bearded seal density was
calculated as 17 percent of the ringed
seal density of 0.274 seals/km2. This
results in an estimated bearded seal
summer density of 0.047 seals/km2. The
same estimate is assumed for bearded
seal fall density.
As noted in the Description of Marine
Mammals in the Area of Specified
Activities section and in Table 16,
bearded seals could potentially occur in
the project area during AGDC’s winter/
spring contingency period. However, we
would expect very few, if any, bearded
seals to be present during this time. In
consideration of this species presence
information, and AGDC’s plan to
conduct most construction during the
open-water season, NMFS used the
summer density in the take calculation
described below.
TABLE 16—MARINE MAMMAL DENSITIES IN THE GEOGRAPHIC REGION BY SEASON
Winter
(Nov–Mar)
Species
Bowhead Whale ...............................................................................................
Gray Whale ......................................................................................................
Beluga Whale ..................................................................................................
Ringed Seal .....................................................................................................
Spotted Seal ....................................................................................................
Bearded Seal ...................................................................................................
Spring
(Apr–Jun) a
0
0
0
0.507
0
0.003
0
0
0
0.548
0
0.003
Summer
(Jul–Aug)
0.005
0.00003
0.005
0.274
0.055
0.047
Fall
(Sept–Oct)
0.017
0.00003
0.001
0.274
0
0.047
a AGDC’s pile driving contingency period extends from late February to April 2023, however, very little if any pile driving is likely to occur in
April.
Take Calculation and Estimation
In this section, we describe how the
information provided above is brought
together to produce a quantitative take
estimate.
To calculate estimated Level A and
Level B harassment takes, AGDC
multiplied the area (km2) estimated to
be ensonified above the Level A or Level
B harassment thresholds for each
species, respectively, for pile driving
(and removal) of each pile size and
hammer type by the duration (days) of
that activity in that season by the
seasonal density for each species
(number of animals/km2).
AGDC expects that construction will
likely be completed during the openwater construction season. AGDC
calculated that the construction will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
require approximately 164 days of inwater work; however, this estimate does
not take into account that different pile
types would be installed on the same
day, therefore reducing the total number
of pile driving days. Therefore, NMFS
expects that the take calculation using
the method described above
overestimates take. Taking into
consideration the number of calendar
days, no work occurring on days during
the whaling season, construction
occurring 6 days per week, there are 123
days in the months of July through
October on which the work is expected
to occur (75 percent of the 164 days
estimated by AGDC). As such, NMFS is
proposing to authorize 75 percent of the
take estimate calculated by AGDC for
each species (except for Level A
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
harassment take of bowhead whales and
beluga whales, and Level B harassment
of gray whales as noted below).
NMFS recognizes that AGDC may
work outside of this period in their
February to April contingency period;
however, we expect that if AGDC works
during the contingency period, it would
be because of construction delays (and
therefore, days on which they did not
work) during their planned open water
work season. Additionally, we recognize
that ringed seals may be present in ice
lairs during the contingency period.
However, AGDC must initiate pile
driving prior to March 1, as described in
the Proposed Mitigation section.
Initiating pile driving before March 1 is
expected to discourage seals from
establishing birthing lairs near pile
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43401
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
driving. As such, we expect that this
measure will eliminate the potential for
physical injury to ringed seals during
this period. Therefore, NMFS expects
that the take estimate described herein
is reasonable even if AGDC must pile
drive during their contingency period.
NMFS calculated take using summer
densities for all species except for
bowhead whale. For bowhead whales,
NMFS conservatively calculated take
using the fall density.
TABLE 17—ESTIMATED LEVEL B HARASSMENT TAKES BY SPECIES, PILE SIZE AND TYPE, AND INSTALLATION/REMOVAL
METHOD
Calculated level B harassment takes
Estimated
duration
(days)
Activity
Bowhead
whale
Gray whale
Beluga
whale
Bearded
seal
Ringed seal
Spotted seal
11.83
0.02
0.71
0.18
668.04
0.90
39.98
10.34
133.61
0.18
8.00
2.07
113.57
0.15
6.80
1.76
7.56
7.56
0.01
426.80
426.80
0.34
85.36
85.36
0.07
72.56
72.56
0.06
0.05
0.04
0
7.89
5.59
0.01
445.36
315.46
0.34
89.07
63.09
0.07
75.71
53.63
0.06
DH4
Sheet Pile .................................................
Anchor Pile (11.5-inch H-pile) ..................
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Pile) ......
Spud Piles (14-inch H-pile) ......................
36
9
10
12
41.65
0.06
2.49
0.64
0.08
0
0
0
South Bridge Abutment
Dock Face (Sheet Pile) ............................
Tailwall (Sheet Pile) .................................
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile) .....................
23
23
1
26.61
26.61
0.02
0.05
0.05
0
North Bridge Abutment
Dock Face (Sheet Pile) ............................
Tailwall (Sheet Pile) .................................
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile) .....................
24
17
1
27.76
19.67
0.02
Barge Bridge
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Piles) ....
Spud Piles (14-inch H-piles) ....................
4
4
1.00
0.21
0
0
0.28
0.06
15.99
3.45
3.20
0.69
2.72
0.59
Total ..................................................
164
146.74
0.27
41.69
2,353.8
470.76
400.15
Level B Harassment Take Proposed for Authorization (75%
of Total) ..................................
123
110
a2
31
1,765
353
300
a 75 percent of the calculated total is 0.2 takes, however, to account for group size (Clarke et al., 2017), NMFS is proposing to authorize two
Level B harassment takes of gray whale.
TABLE 18—CALCULATED LEVEL A HARASSMENT TAKES BY SPECIES, PILE SIZE AND TYPE, AND INSTALLATION/REMOVAL
METHOD
Calculated level B harassment takes
Estimated
duration
(days)
Activity
Bowhead
whale
Gray whale
Beluga
whale
Bearded
seal
Ringed seal
Spotted seal
0
0.20
0.38
0
0.01
11.05
21.37
0
0
2.21
4.27
0
0
1.88
3.63
0
0
0
0.02
0.01
0.01
0.86
0
0
0.17
0
0
0.15
0
0
0
0
0
0.02
0.01
0
0.86
0
0
0.17
0
0
0.15
0
0.15
8.55
1.71
1.45
DH4
Sheet Pile .................................................
Anchor Pile (11.5-inch H-pile) ..................
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Pile) ......
Spud Piles (14-inch H-pile) ......................
36
9
10
12
0
0.69
1.33
0
0
0
0
0
South Bridge Abutment
Dock Face (Sheet Pile) ............................
Tailwall (Sheet Pile) .................................
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile) .....................
23
23
1
0
0
0.05
0
0
0
North Bridge Abutment
Dock Face (Sheet Pile) ............................
Tailwall (Sheet Pile) .................................
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile) .....................
24
17
1
0
0
0.5
Barge Bridge
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Piles) ....
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
4
PO 00000
Frm 00021
0.53
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43402
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
TABLE 18—CALCULATED LEVEL A HARASSMENT TAKES BY SPECIES, PILE SIZE AND TYPE, AND INSTALLATION/REMOVAL
METHOD—Continued
Calculated level B harassment takes
Estimated
duration
(days)
Activity
Bowhead
whale
Gray whale
Beluga
whale
Ringed seal
Spotted seal
Bearded
seal
Spud Piles (14-inch H-piles) ....................
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total ..................................................
164
2.65
0
0.77
42.73
8.53
7.26
Level A Harassment Take Proposed for Authorization (75%
of Total) ..................................
123
a0
0
0
32
6
5
a 75
percent of the calculated total is 1.99 takes, however, we do not expect bowheads to occur within the Level A harassment zone, and we
do not propose to authorize Level A harassment take of bowhead whale.
We do not expect bowheads to occur
within the Level A harassment zones
due to the shallow waters
(approximately 19 ft. in depth at the
isopleth). As previously noted, waters
less than 15 ft. (4.5 m) deep are
considered too shallow to support these
whales, and in three decades of aerial
surveys by BOEM (ASAMM), no
bowhead whale has been recorded in
waters less than 16.4 ft (5 m) deep
(Clarke and Ferguson 2010). Therefore,
we do not expect Level A harassment of
bowhead whales to occur, and we do
inch pipe piles (Table 10). Considering
the small size of the Level A harassment
zones, and the low likelihood that a
beluga will occur in this area, Level A
harassment take is unlikely to occur.
Additionally, AGDC is planning to
implement a 50m shutdown zone
during this activity, which includes the
<1 m peak PTS isopleth. We expect
shutdown zones will eliminate the
potential for Level A harassment take of
beluga whale. Therefore, we are not
proposing to authorize takes of beluga
whale by Level A harassment.
not propose to authorize Level A
harassment take of bowheads.
Given the extremely low likelihood of
gray whales occurring in the Level A
harassment zone (as evidenced by the
estimated values in Table 20), we do not
expect Level A harassment of gray
whales to occur, and do not propose to
issue any Level A harassment takes of
gray whale.
The largest Level A harassment zone
for mid-frequency cetaceans (including
the beluga whale) extends 56m from the
source during impact driving of the 48-
TABLE 19—ESTIMATED TAKE BY LEVEL A AND LEVEL B HARASSMENT, BY SPECIES AND STOCK
Common name
Stock
Level A
harassment
take
Level B
harassment
take
Total
take
Bowhead Whale ..................
Gray Whale .........................
Beluga Whale a ...................
Western Arctic ....................
Eastern North Pacific .........
Beaufort Sea ......................
Chukchi Sea .......................
Alaska .................................
Alaska .................................
Alaska .................................
0
0
0
........................
32
6
5
110
2
31
........................
1,765
353
300
110
2
31
........................
1,797
359
305
Ringed Seal ........................
Spotted Seal .......................
Bearded Seal ......................
Stock
abundance
16,820
26,960
39,258
20,752
N/A
461,625
N/A
Percent
of stock
0.65
0.007
0.08
0.15
N/A
0.08
N/A
a As noted in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities section, beluga whales in the project area are likely to be
from the Beaufort Sea stock. However, we have conservatively attributed all takes to each stock in our analysis.
Effects of Specified Activities on
Subsistence Uses of Marine Mammals
The availability of the affected marine
mammal stocks or species for
subsistence uses may be impacted by
this activity. The subsistence uses that
may be affected and the potential
impacts of the activity on those uses are
described below. Measures included in
this IHA to reduce the impacts of the
activity on subsistence uses are
described in the Proposed Mitigation
section. Last, the information from this
section and the Proposed Mitigation
section is analyzed to determine
whether the necessary findings may be
made in the Unmitigable Adverse
Impact Analysis and Determination
section.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
The communities of Nuiqsut,
Utqiag˙vik and Kaktovik engage in
subsistence harvests off the North Slope
of Alaska. Alaska Native communities
have harvested bowhead whales for
subsistence and cultural purposes with
oversight and quotas regulated by the
International Whaling Commission
(IWC). The North Slope Borough (NSB)
Department of Wildlife Management has
been conducting bowhead whale
subsistence harvest research since the
early 1980’s to collect the data needed
by the IWC to set harvest quotas.
Bowhead whale harvest (percent of total
marine mammal harvest), harvest
weight, and percent of households using
bowhead whale are presented in Table
25 of AGDC’s application.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Most of the Beaufort Sea population
of beluga whales migrate from the
Bering Sea into the Beaufort Sea in
April or May. The spring migration
routes through ice leads are similar to
those of the bowhead whale. Fall
migration through the western Beaufort
Sea is in September or October. Surveys
of the fall distribution strongly indicate
that most belugas migrate offshore along
the pack ice front beyond the reach of
subsistence harvesters. Beluga whales
are harvested opportunistically during
the bowhead harvest and throughout
ice-free months. No beluga whale
harvests were reported in 2006 survey
interviews conducted by SRBA in any
community (SRBA 2010). Beluga
harvests were also not reported in
Nuiqsut and Kaktovik, although
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
households did report using beluga
whale, likely through sharing from other
communities (Brown et al., 2016). We
do not expect the proposed activities at
the Alaska LNG project site to affect
beluga whale subsistence harvests, as
none are expected.
Gray whale harvests were not
reported by any of the communities
surveyed by Alaska Department of Fish
and Game (ADF&G) in any of the survey
years, and therefore are not included as
an important subsistence species and
are not further discussed.
The community of Utqiag˙vik’s
subsistence activities occur outside of
the area impacted by activities
considered in this authorization, and are
not discussed further. Please refer to
AGDC’s application for additional
information on Utqiag˙vik’s subsistence
activities.
Kaktovik
Kaktovik is the easternmost village in
the NSB. Kaktovik is located on the
north shore of Barter Island, situated
between the Okpilak and Jago rivers on
the Beaufort Sea coast. Kaktovik’s
subsistence-harvest areas are to the east
of the project area and target marine
mammal species migrating eastward
during spring and summer occur
seaward of the project area and
westward in the fall.
Kaktovik bowhead whale hunters
reported traveling between Camden Bay
to the west and Nuvagapak Lagoon to
the east (SRBA 2010). This range does
not include the project area impacted by
the activities analyzed for this proposed
IHA, therefore, Kaktovik bowhead
whale hunting is not discussed further.
Please refer to AGDC’s application for
additional information.
Ringed, spotted and bearded seals are
harvested by the community of
Kaktovik. Residents hunt seals in rivers
during ice-free months, primarily July–
August. Ringed seals are an important
subsistence resource for Native
Alaskans living in communities along
the Beaufort Sea coast. Kaktovik hunters
travel by boat to look for ringed seals on
floating ice (often while also hunting for
bearded seal) or sometimes along the ice
edge by snow machine before break-up,
during the spring (SRBA 2010). In 2006,
7 people (18 percent of survey
respondents) indicated that they had
recently hunted for ringed seals in
Kaktovik (SRBA 2010). Residents
reported looking for ringed seal, usually
while also searching for bearded seal,
offshore between Prudhoe Bay to the
west and Demarcation Bay to the east
(SRBA 2010). Ringed seal hunting
typically peaks between March and
August but continues into September, as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
well (SRBA 2010). Although residents
reported hunting ringed seals up to
approximately 30 mi (48 km) from
shore, the highest numbers of
overlapping use areas generally occur
within a few miles from shore (SRBA
2010). The total use area for ringed seal
from 1995–2006 encompassed
approximately 2,139 mi2. Harvest of
ringed seals by Kaktovik hunters does
not typically occur to the west of
Camden Bay and therefore is not
expected to be affected by Alaska LNG
project activities.
Kaktovik hunters harvested 126
pounds of spotted seals in 1992 (ADF&G
CSIS; retrieved and analyzed August 15,
2018). Spotted seals were not reported
harvested in 2006 survey interviews
conducted in Nuiqsut (SRBA 2010).
Kaktovik bearded seal hunting occurs
along the coast as far west as Prudhoe
Bay and as far east as the United States/
Canada border (SRBA 2010). Residents
reported looking for bearded seal as far
as approximately 30 mi (48 km) from
shore, but generally hunt them closer to
shore, up to 5 mi (8 km; SRBA 2010).
Between 1994–2003, 29 bearded seals
were taken in Kaktovik. In 2006, 7
people (18 percent of survey
respondents) indicated that they had
recently hunted for bearded seals in
Kaktovik (SRBA 2010). Bearded seal
hunting activities, like ringed seal, begin
in March, peaking in July and August,
and then conclude in September (SRBA
2010).
The community of Kaktovik is
approximately 100 (direct) mi (160 km)
from the proposed project at Prudhoe
Bay; subsistence activities for these
communities primarily occur outside of
the project construction area and
associated Level A and Level B
harassment zones. The planned
construction and use of improvements
to West Dock would occur in Prudhoe
Bay, adjacent to existing oil and gas
infrastructures, and in an area that is not
typically used for subsistence other than
extremely limited bearded seal hunting
by residents of Kaktovik.
Because of the distance from Kaktovik
and Kaktovik’s very limited use of
waters offshore of Prudhoe Bay, and
because the proposed activities would
occur in an already-developed area, it is
unlikely that the proposed activities
would have any effects on the use of
marine mammals for subsistence by
residents of Kaktovik. Therefore, we do
not discuss Kaktovik’s subsistence
activities further.
Nuiqsut
The proposed construction activities
would occur closest to the marine
subsistence use area used by the Native
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43403
Village of Nuiqsut. Nuiqsut is located on
the west bank of the Nechelik Channel
on the lower Colville River, about 25 mi
(40 km) from the Arctic Ocean and
approximately 150 mi (242 km)
southeast of Utqiag˙vik. Nuiqsut
subsistence hunters utilize an extensive
search area, spanning 16,322 mi2 (km2)
across the central Arctic Slope (see
Figure 19 of AGDC’s application, Brown
et al., 2016). Marine mammal hunting is
primarily concentrated in two areas: (1)
Harrison Bay, between Atigaru Point
and Oliktok Point, including a
northward extent of approximately 50
mi (80 km) beyond the Colville River
Delta (Brown et al., 2016); and (2) east
of the Colville River Delta between
Prudhoe and Foggy Island bays, which
includes an area of approximately 100
square mi surrounding the Midway
Islands, McClure Island and Cross
Island (Brown et al., 2016). The
community of Nuiqsut uses subsistenceharvest areas adjacent to the proposed
construction area; however, West Dock
is not a common hunting area, nor is it
visited regularly by Nuiqsut subsistence
hunters primarily because of its
industrial history.
Ringed, spotted and bearded seals are
also harvested by the community of
Nuiqsut. Seal hunting typically begins
in April and May with the onset of
warmer temperatures. Many residents
continue to hunt seals after spring
breakup as well (Brown et al., 2016).
The most important seal hunting area
for Nuiqsut hunters is off the Colville
Delta, an area extending as far west as
Fish Creek and as far east as Pingok
Island. Seal hunting search areas by
Nuiqsut hunters also included Harrison
Bay, and a 30-mi (48-km) stretch
northeast of Nuiqsut between the
Colville and Kuparuk rivers, near
Simpson Lagoon and Jones Islands
(Brown et al., 2016). Cross Island is a
productive area for seals, but is too far
from Nuiqsut to be used on a regular
basis. Seal subsistence use areas of
Nuiqsut from 1995 through 2006 are
depicted in Figure 21 of AGDC’s
application.
Ringed seals are an important
subsistence resource for Native
Alaskans living in communities along
the Beaufort Sea coast. Nuiqsut
residents commonly harvest ringed seal
in the Beaufort Sea during the summer
months (SRBA 2010). There are a higher
number of use areas extending east and
west of the Colville River delta.
Residents reported traveling as far as
Cape Halkett to the west and Camden
Bay to the east in search of ringed seal.
Survey respondents reported traveling
offshore up to 30 mi (48 km; SRBA
2010). Residents reported hunting
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43404
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
ringed seals throughout the late spring,
summer, and early fall with a higher
number of use areas reported in June,
July, and August (SRBA 2010). In 2006,
12 people (36 percent of survey
respondents) indicated that they had
recently hunted for ringed seals in
Nuiqsut (SRBA 2010).
Nuiqsut bearded seal use areas extend
as far west as Cape Halkett, as far east
as Camden Bay, and offshore up to 40
mi (64 km). In 2006, 12 people (69
percent of survey respondents)
indicated that they had recently hunted
for bearded seals in Nuiqsut (SRBA
2010). Nuiqsut hunters reported hunting
bearded seal during the summer season
in open water as the seals are following
the ice pack. Residents reported hunting
bearded seal between June and
September, although a small number of
use areas were reportedly used in May
and October (SRBA 2010). The number
of reported bearded seal use areas peak
in July and August, when the majority
of seals are available along the ice pack
(SRBA 2010).
Nuiqsut’s bowhead whale hunt occurs
in the fall at Cross Island, a barrier
island located approximately 12 mi (19
km) northwest of West Dock. Nuiqsut
whalers base their activities from Cross
Island (Galginaitis 2014), and the
whaling search and the harvest areas
typically are concentrated north of the
island. Hunting activities between 1997
and 2006 occurred almost as far west as
Thetis Island, as far east as Barter Island
(Kaktovik), and up to approximately 50
mi (80 km) offshore (SRBA 2010).
Harvest locations in 1973–2011 and GPS
tracks of 2001–2011 whaling efforts are
shown in Figure 19 of AGDC’s
application.
Bowhead whales are harvested by
Nuiqsut whalers during the fall whaling
season. Nuiqsut residents typically hunt
bowhead whales in September, although
a small number of use areas were
reported in August and extending into
October (Stephen R. Braund &
Associates [SRBA] 2010). Pile driving
will not occur during Nuiqsut whaling.
Nuiqsut subsistence hunting crews
operating from Cross Island have
harvested three to four bowhead whales
per year (Bacon et al., 2009; Galginaitis
2014). In 2014, the Alaska Eskimo
Whaling Commission (AEWC) allocated
Nuiqsut a quota of four bowhead whales
each year; however, through transfers of
quota from other communities, in 2015
Nuiqsut was able to harvest five whales
(Brown et al., 2016). In 2006, 10 people
(30 percent of survey respondents) in
Nuiqsut indicated that they had recently
hunted for bowhead whales (SRBA
2010). In 2016, Nuiqsut whaling crews
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
harvested four bowhead whales
(Suydam et al., 2017).
Nuiqsut is 70 mi (112 km) away from
the proposed project, and is likely to be
the community that has the greatest
potential to experience any impacts to
subsistence practices. The primary
potential for AK LNG project impacts to
Nuiqsut’s subsistence use of marine
mammals is associated with barge
activity, which could interfere with
summer seal and fall bowhead whale
hunting (Alaska LNG 2016). Barge
activity is beyond the scope of this IHA,
but noise associated with barging could
deflect bowhead whales as they migrate
through Nuiqsut’s fall whaling grounds
or cause temporary disturbances of
seals, making successful harvests more
difficult. Barge traffic would occur from
July through September. Although
barging activities would not cease
during Nuiqsut’s fall bowhead whale
hunting activities, the potential for
impact would be greatly reduced by
keeping project vessels landward of
Cross Island during the August 25–
September 15 period, avoiding the high
use areas offshore of the island during
the entire whaling season in most years
(Alaska LNG 2016, 2017).
Pile driving associated with
construction at West Dock could also
affect subsistence hunting of bowhead
whales, as the Level B harassment zones
extend up to 4.6 km from the pile
driving site for some pile and hammer
type combinations. As such, AGDC will
not pile drive during the Nuiqsut
whaling season (see Proposed
Mitigation). AGDC has consulted with
AEWC and NSB on mitigation measures
to limit impacts (Alaska LNG 2016), and
has continued to provide formal and
informal project updates to these
groups, as recently as February 2020
and May 2020.
The planned activities are not
expected to impact marine mammals in
numbers or locations sufficient to
render them unavailable for subsistence
harvest given the short-term, temporary,
and localized nature of construction
activities, and the proposed mitigation
measures. Impacts to marine mammals
would mostly include limited,
temporary behavioral disturbances of
seals, however, some PTS is possible.
Serious injury or mortality of marine
mammals is not anticipated from the
proposed activities, and the activities
are not expected to have any impacts on
reproductive or survival rates of any
marine mammal species.
In summary, impacts to subsistence
hunting are not expected due to the
distance between West Dock
construction and primary seal hunting
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
areas, and proposed mitigation during
the Nuiqsut bowhead whale hunt.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to the
activity, and other means of effecting
the least practicable impact on the
species or stock and its habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
the species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses. NMFS regulations
require applicants for incidental take
authorizations to include information
about the availability and feasibility
(economic and technological) of
equipment, methods, and manner of
conducting the activity or other means
of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact upon the affected species or
stocks and their habitat (50 CFR
216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or
may not be appropriate to ensure the
least practicable adverse impact on
species or stocks and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses where
applicable, we carefully consider two
primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is
expected to reduce impacts to marine
mammals, marine mammal species or
stocks, and their habitat, as well as
subsistence uses. This considers the
nature of the potential adverse impact
being mitigated (likelihood, scope,
range). It further considers the
likelihood that the measure will be
effective if implemented (probability of
accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the
likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned),
and;
(2) the practicability of the measures
for applicant implementation, which
may consider such things as cost,
impact on operations, and, in the case
of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness
activity.
Mitigation for Marine Mammals and
Their Habitat
In addition to the measures described
later in this section, AGDC will employ
the following mitigation measures:
• Conduct briefings between
construction supervisors and crews and
the marine mammal monitoring team
prior to the start of all pile driving
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43405
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
activity and when new personnel join
the work, to explain responsibilities,
communication procedures, marine
mammal monitoring protocol, and
operational procedures;
• For in-water heavy machinery work
other than pile driving, if a marine
mammal comes within 10 m, operations
shall cease and vessels shall reduce
speed to the minimum level required to
maintain steerage and safe working
conditions;
• For those marine mammals for
which Level B harassment take has not
been requested, in-water pile
installation/removal will shut down
immediately when it is safe to do so if
such species are observed within or
entering the Level B harassment zone;
and
• If take reaches the authorized limit
for an authorized species, pile
installation will be stopped as these
species approach the Level B
harassment zone to avoid additional
take.
TABLE 20—SHUTDOWN ZONES DURING PILE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL
Shutdown zone
(m)
Hammer
type
Activity
LF cetaceans
11.5-inch H-Pile ..............................
14-inch H-Pile .................................
48-inch Pipe Pile ............................
Sheet Piles .....................................
Impact ............................................
Impact ............................................
Vibratory .........................................
Impact ............................................
Vibratory .........................................
AGDC is required to implement all
mitigation measures described in the
biological opinion (issued on June 3,
2020).
The following mitigation measures
would apply to AGDC’s in-water
construction activities.
Establishment of Shutdown Zones—
AGDC will establish shutdown zones for
all pile driving and removal activities.
The purpose of a shutdown zone is
generally to define an area within which
shutdown of the activity would occur
upon sighting of a marine mammal (or
in anticipation of an animal entering the
defined area). Shutdown zones will vary
based on the activity type and marine
mammal hearing group (see Table 20).
The largest shutdown zones are
generally for low frequency cetaceans as
shown in Table 20. In this instance, the
largest shutdown zone for low
frequency cetaceans is 1,600 m. AGDC
expects that they will be able to
effectively observe phocids at distances
up to 500 m, large cetaceans at 2–4 km,
and belugas at 2–3 km.
The placement of protected species
observers (PSOs) during all pile driving
and removal activities (described in
detail in the Proposed Monitoring and
Reporting section) will ensure that the
entire shutdown zone is visible during
pile installation. If visibility degrades to
where the PSO determines that they
cannot effectively monitor the entire
shutdown zone during pile driving, the
applicant may continue to drive the pile
section that was being driven to its
target depth when visibility degraded to
unobservable conditions, but will not
drive additional sections of pile. Pile
driving may continue during low light
conditions to allow for the evaluation of
night vision and infrared sensing
devices.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
1,200 ..............................................
1,200 ..............................................
10 ...................................................
1,600 ..............................................
20 ...................................................
Monitoring for Level A and Level B
Harassment—AGDC will monitor the
Level B harassment zones (areas where
SPLs are equal to or exceed the 160 dB
rms threshold for impact driving and
the 120 dB rms threshold during
vibratory driving) and Level A
harassment zones, to the extent
practicable. Monitoring zones provide
utility for observing by establishing
monitoring protocols for areas adjacent
to the shutdown zones. Monitoring
zones enable observers to be aware of
and communicate the presence of
marine mammals in the project area
outside the shutdown zone and thus
prepare for a potential shutdown of
activity should the animal enter the
shutdown zone. Placement of PSOs on
elevated structures on West Dock will
allow PSOs to observe phocids within
the Level A and Level B harassment
zones, to an estimated distance of 500
m. However, due to the large Level A
and Level B harassment zones (Table
10), PSOs will not be able to effectively
observe the entire zones during all
activities. Therefore, marine mammal
exposures will be recorded and
extrapolated based upon the number of
observed exposures and the percentage
of the Level A or Level B harassment
zone that was not visible.
Pre-activity Monitoring—Prior to the
start of daily in-water construction
activity, or whenever a break in pile
driving or removal of 30 minutes or
longer occurs, PSOs will observe the
shutdown and monitoring zones for a
period of 30 minutes. If a marine
mammal is observed within the
shutdown zone, a soft-start cannot
proceed until the animal has left the
zone or has not been observed for 15
minutes (pinnipeds) or 30 minutes
(cetaceans). When a marine mammal for
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
MF cetaceans
Sfmt 4703
50
50
10
50
10
Phocids
500
500
10
500
10
which Level B harassment take is
authorized is present in the Level B
harassment zone, activities may begin
and Level B harassment take will be
recorded. If the entire Level B
harassment zone is not visible at the
start of construction pile driving or
removal activities can begin. If work
ceases for more than 30 minutes, the
pre-activity monitoring of both the Level
B harassment zone and shutdown zones
will commence.
Nighttime Monitoring—PSOs will use
night vision devices (NVDs) and
infrared (IR) for nighttime and low
visibility monitoring. AGDC will select
devices for monitoring, and will test the
devices to determine the efficacy of the
monitoring equipment and technique.
For a detailed explanation of AGDC’s
plan to test the NVDs and IR equipment,
please see AGDC’s 4MP, available
online at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/incidentaltake-authorizations-other-energyactivities-renewable (Please note that
AGDC will not assess object detection at
distance intervals using buoys as stated
in the 4MP. Rather, they will test object
detection on land using existing
landmarks at known distances from
PSOs, such as road signs.)
Soft Start—Soft-start procedures are
believed to provide additional
protection to marine mammals by
providing warning and/or giving marine
mammals a chance to leave the area
prior to the hammer operating at full
capacity. For impact pile driving,
contractors will be required to provide
an initial set of three strikes from the
hammer at reduced energy, followed by
a 30-second waiting period. This
procedure will be conducted three times
before impact pile driving begins. Soft
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43406
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
start will be implemented at the start of
each day’s impact pile driving and at
any time following cessation of impact
pile driving for a period of thirty
minutes or longer.
Pile Driving During Contingency
Period—In the event that AGDC must
continue pile driving or removal during
their contingency period (February–
April 2023), AGDC must begin pile
driving before March 1, the known onset
of ice seal lairing season. Initiating pile
driving before March 1 is expected to
discourage seals from establishing
birthing lairs near pile driving.
Additionally, a subsistence advisor
would survey areas within a buffer zone
of DH4 where water depth is greater
than 10 ft. (3 m) to identify potential
ringed seal structures before activity
begins. Construction crews would avoid
identified ice seal structures by a
minimum of 500 ft. (150 m).
AGDC does not plan to use a bubble
curtain or other sound attenuation
device. Given the shallow water in the
project area, bubble curtains would be
very difficult to deploy, and may not
result in significant sound reduction.
Mitigation for Subsistence Uses of
Marine Mammals or Plan of
Cooperation
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12)
further require IHA applicants
conducting activities in or near a
traditional Arctic subsistence hunting
area and/or that may affect the
availability of a species or stock of
marine mammals for Arctic subsistence
uses to provide a Plan of Cooperation or
information that identifies what
measures have been taken and/or will
be taken to minimize adverse effects on
the availability of marine mammals for
subsistence purposes. A plan must
include the following:
• A statement that the applicant has
notified and provided the affected
subsistence community with a draft
plan of cooperation;
• A schedule for meeting with the
affected subsistence communities to
discuss proposed activities and to
resolve potential conflicts regarding any
aspects of either the operation or the
plan of cooperation;
• A description of what measures the
applicant has taken and/or will take to
ensure that proposed activities will not
interfere with subsistence whaling or
sealing; and
• What plans the applicant has to
continue to meet with the affected
communities, both prior to and while
conducting the activity, to resolve
conflicts and to notify the communities
of any changes in the operation.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
AGDC provided a draft Plan of
Cooperation (POC) to NMFS on March
27, 2019. The POC outlines AGDC’s
extensive coordination with subsistence
communities that may be affected by the
AK LNG project. It includes a
description of the project, community
outreach that has already been
conducted, and project mitigation
measures. AGDC will continue
coordination with subsistence
communities throughout the project
duration. The POC is a live document
and will be updated throughout the
project review and permitting process.
AGDC’s draft POC is available on our
website at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
AGDC continues to document its
communications with the North Slope
subsistence communities, as well as the
substance of its communications with
subsistence stakeholder groups, and has
developed mitigation measures that
include measures suggested by
community members as well as industry
standard measures. AGDC will continue
to routinely engage with local
communities and subsistence groups.
Multiple user groups are often consulted
simultaneously as part of larger
coalition meetings such as the Arctic
Safety Waterways Committee meetings.
Local communities and subsistence
groups identified by AGDC are listed in
the POC. AGDC will develop a
Communication Plan and will
implement this plan before initiating
construction operations to coordinate
activities with local subsistence users,
as well as Village Whaling Captains’
Associations, to minimize the risk of
interfering with subsistence hunting
activities, and keep current as to the
timing and status of the bowhead whale
hunt and other subsistence hunts. A
project informational mailer with a
request for community feedback
(traditional mail, email, phone) will be
sent to community members prior to
construction. Following the
construction season, AGDC intends to
have a post-season co-management
meeting with the commissioners and
committee heads to discuss results of
mitigation measures and outcomes of
the preceding season. The goal of the
post-season meeting is to build upon the
knowledge base, discuss successful or
unsuccessful outcomes of mitigation
measures, and possibly refine plans or
mitigation measures if necessary.
The AEWC works annually with
industry partners to develop a Conflict
Avoidance Agreement (CAA). This
agreement implements mitigation
measures that allow industry to conduct
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
their work in or transiting the vicinity
of active subsistence hunters, in areas
where subsistence hunters anticipate
hunting, or in areas that are in sufficient
proximity to areas expected to be used
for subsistence hunting where the
planned activities could potentially
adversely affect the subsistence
bowhead whale hunt through effects on
bowhead whales, while maintaining the
availability of bowheads for subsistence
hunters. One key aspect of the CAA is
the inclusion of time and area closures.
AGDC is considering whether it would
enter into a CAA or similar agreement
with the AEWC and will discuss and
evaluate a CAA in the aforementioned
meetings.
AGDC will not conduct pile driving
during the Nuiqsut whaling season in an
effort to eliminate effects on the
availability of bowhead whales for
subsistence hunting that could occur as
a result of project noise. Nuiqsut
whaling is approximately August 25–
September 15, though the exact dates
may change.
Barging activities could potentially
impact Nuiqsut’s fall bowhead whale
hunt and possibly other marine
mammal harvest activities in the
Beaufort Sea. As mentioned previously,
barging activities are beyond the scope
of this IHA, and no take is expected to
occur as a result of barging activities.
However, NMFS notes that AGDC will
limit barges to waters shoreward of
Cross Island during the Nuiqsut whaling
season (approximately August 25–
September 15) in an effort to avoid any
potential impacts on subsistence uses.
AGDC has consulted with AEWC and
NSB on mitigation measures to limit
impacts (Alaska LNG 2016), and has
continued to provide formal and
informal project updates to these
groups, as recently as February 2020
and May 2020. As noted previously,
AGDC’s construction activities at West
Dock do not overlap with the areas
where subsistence hunters typically
harvest ice seals, therefore, these
activities are not expected to impact
subsistence hunts of ice seals.
Based on our evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, as well
as other measures considered by NMFS,
NMFS has preliminarily determined
that the proposed mitigation measures
provide the means effecting the least
practicable impact on the affected
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of
such species or stock for subsistence
uses.
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an
activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking.
The MMPA implementing regulations at
50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that
requests for authorizations must include
the suggested means of accomplishing
the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge
of the species and of the level of taking
or impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present in the proposed action area.
Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the
most value is obtained from the required
monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting
requirements prescribed by NMFS
should contribute to improved
understanding of one or more of the
following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal
species or stocks in the area in which
take is anticipated (e.g., presence,
abundance, distribution, density);
• Nature, scope, or context of likely
marine mammal exposure to potential
stressors/impacts (individual or
cumulative, acute or chronic), through
better understanding of: (1) Action or
environment (e.g., source
characterization, propagation, ambient
noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life
history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the
action; or (4) biological or behavioral
context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or
feeding areas);
• Individual marine mammal
responses (behavioral or physiological)
to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or
cumulative), other stressors, or
cumulative impacts from multiple
stressors;
• How anticipated responses to
stressors impact either: (1) Long-term
fitness and survival of individual
marine mammals; or (2) populations,
species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat
(e.g., marine mammal prey species,
acoustic habitat, or other important
physical components of marine
mammal habitat); and
• Mitigation and monitoring
effectiveness.
Visual Monitoring
Marine mammal monitoring must be
conducted in accordance with the
Marine Mammal Monitoring Plan,
available online at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
marine-mammal-protection/incidental-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
take-authorizations-other-energyactivities-renewable. Marine mammal
monitoring during pile driving and
removal must be conducted by NMFSapproved PSOs in a manner consistent
with the following:
• Independent PSOs (i.e., not
construction personnel) who have no
other assigned tasks during monitoring
periods must be used;
• Where a team of three or more PSOs
are required, a lead observer or
monitoring coordinator must be
designated. The lead observer must have
prior experience working as a marine
mammal observer during construction;
• Other PSOs may substitute
education (degree in biological science
or related field) or training for
experience. PSOs may also substitute
Alaska native traditional knowledge for
experience. (NMFS recognizes that
PSOs with traditional knowledge may
also have prior experience, and
therefore be eligible to serve as the lead
PSO.); and
• AGDC must submit PSO CVs for
approval by NMFS prior to the onset of
pile driving.
PSOs should have the following
additional qualifications:
• Ability to conduct field
observations and collect data according
to assigned protocols;
• Experience or training in the field
identification of marine mammals,
including the identification of
behaviors;
• Sufficient training, orientation, or
experience with the construction
operation to provide for personal safety
during observations;
• Writing skills sufficient to prepare a
report of observations including but not
limited to the number and species of
marine mammals observed; dates and
times when in-water construction
activities were conducted; dates, times,
and reason for implementation of
mitigation (or why mitigation was not
implemented when required); and
marine mammal behavior; and
• Ability to communicate orally, by
radio or in person, with project
personnel to provide real-time
information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
At least two PSOs will be present
during all pile driving/removal
activities. PSOs will have an
unobstructed view of all water within
the shutdown zone. PSOs will observe
as much of the Level A and Level B
harassment zone as possible. PSO
locations are as follows:
i. Dock Head 4—During impact pile
driving at DH4, two PSOs must be
stationed to view toward the east, north,
and west of the seawater treatment
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43407
plant. During vibratory pile driving at
DH4, two PSOs must monitor from each
PSO location (four PSOs); and
ii. Barge Bridge—During work at the
barge bridge, two PSOs must be
stationed at the north end of the bridge.
PSOs will be stationed on elevated
platforms at DH4, and on the elevated
bridge during work at the barge bridge.
They will possess the equipment
described in the 4MP, including NVDs
during nighttime monitoring. However,
during the primary construction season,
nighttime on the North Slope will be
brief. Given the elevated PSO sites and
equipment, AGDC expects that they will
be able to effectively observe phocids at
distances up to 500 m, large cetaceans
at 2–4 km, and belugas at 2–3 km,
however, PSOs will not be able to
effectively observe the entire area of the
Level A (seals only) or Level B
harassment zones during all pile driving
activities.
PSOs will begin monitoring three
days prior to the onset of pile driving
and removal activities and continue
through three days after completion of
the pile driving and removal activities.
PSOs will monitor 24 hours per day,
even during periods when construction
is not occurring. In addition, observers
shall record all incidents of marine
mammal occurrence, regardless of
distance from activity, and shall
document any behavioral reactions in
concert with distance from piles being
driven or removed. Pile driving
activities include the time to install or
remove a single pile or series of piles,
as long as the time elapsed between uses
of the pile driving equipment is no more
than 30 minutes.
Acoustic Monitoring
AGDC will deploy a single, archival
passive acoustic monitoring (PAM)
receiver in the far field to collect data
that indicates the gross presence of
marine mammals and the received
sound source level at distance during
construction.
Reporting
A draft marine mammal monitoring
report will be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the completion of
pile driving and removal activities. The
report will include an overall
description of work completed, a
narrative regarding marine mammal
sightings, and associated PSO data
sheets. Specifically, the report must
include:
• Dates and times (begin and end) of
all marine mammal monitoring;
• Construction activities occurring
during each daily observation period,
including precise start and stop time of
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43408
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
each type of construction operation
mode, how many and what type of piles
were driven or removed and by what
method (i.e., impact or vibratory);
• Total number of hours during
which each construction activity type
occurred.
• Total number of hours that PSOs
were on duty during each construction
activity, and total number of hours that
PSOs were on duty during periods of no
construction activity;
• Weather parameters and water
conditions during each monitoring
period (e.g., wind speed, percent cover,
visibility, sea state), and number of
hours of observation that occurred
during various visibility and sea state
conditions.
• The number of marine mammals
observed, by species and operation
mode, relative to the pile location;
• The number of marine mammals
observed (including periods with no
construction).
• Distances and bearings of each
marine mammal observed to the pile
being driven or removed for each
sighting (if pile driving or removal was
occurring at time of sighting).
• Age and sex class, if possible, of all
marine mammals observed;
• PSO locations during marine
mammal monitoring, including
elevation above sea level;
• Distances and bearings of each
marine mammal observed to the pile
being driven or removed for each
sighting (if pile driving or removal was
occurring at time of sighting);
• Description of any marine mammal
behavior patterns during observation,
including direction of travel and
estimated time spent within the Level A
and Level B harassment zones while the
source was active;
• Number of individuals of each
species (differentiated by month as
appropriate) detected within the
monitoring zone, and estimates of
number of marine mammals taken, by
species (a correction factor may be
applied to total take numbers, as
appropriate);
• Histograms of perpendicular
distances to PSO sightings, by species
(or species group if sample sizes are
small);
• Sighting rates summarized into
daily or weekly periods for the before,
during, and after construction periods;
• Maps showing visual and acoustic
detections by species and construction
activity type.
• Detailed information about any
implementation of any mitigation
triggered (e.g., shutdowns and delays), a
description of specific actions that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
ensued, and resulting behavior of the
animal, if any;
• Description of attempts to
distinguish between the number of
individual animals taken and the
number of incidences of take, such as
ability to track groups or individuals;
• An extrapolation of the estimated
takes by Level A and Level B
harassment based on the number of
observed exposures within the Level A
and Level B harassment zone and the
percentages of the Level A and Level B
harassment zones that were not visible;
and
• Submit all PSO datasheets and/or
raw sighting data (in a separate file from
the Final Report referenced immediately
above).
If no comments are received from
NMFS within 30 days, the draft report
will constitute the final report. If
comments are received, a final report
addressing NMFS comments must be
submitted within 30 days after receipt of
comments.
AGDC’s acoustic monitoring report
must include the number of marine
mammal detections (including species,
date and time of detection, and type of
pile driving underway, if applicable),
the received sound levels from pile
driving activity, and the following
hydrophone equipment and method
information: Recording devices,
sampling rate, sensitivity of the PAM
equipment, locations of the
hydrophones, duty cycle, distance (m)
from the pile where recordings were
made, depth of recording devices, depth
of water in area of recording devices.
In the event that personnel involved
in the construction activities discover
an injured or dead marine mammal, the
IHA-holder shall report the incident to
the Office of Protected Resources (OPR)
(301–427–8401), NMFS and to the
Alaska regional stranding coordinator
(907–586–7209) as soon as feasible. If
the death or injury was clearly caused
by the specified activity, the IHA-holder
must immediately cease the specified
activities until NMFS is able to review
the circumstances of the incident and
determine what, if any, additional
measures are appropriate to ensure
compliance with the terms of the IHA.
The IHA-holder must not resume their
activities until notified by NMFS.
The report must include the following
information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the first discovery (and
updated location information if known
and applicable);
• Species identification (if known) or
description of the animal(s) involved;
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
• Condition of the animal(s)
(including carcass condition if the
animal is dead);
• Observed behaviors of the
animal(s), if alive;
• If available, photographs or video
footage of the animal(s); and
• General circumstances under which
the animal was discovered.
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring
plans be independently peer reviewed
where the proposed activity may affect
the availability of a species or stock for
taking for subsistence uses (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this
requirement, NMFS’ implementing
regulations state that upon receipt of a
complete monitoring plan, and at its
discretion, NMFS will either submit the
plan to members of a peer review panel
for review or within 60 days of receipt
of the proposed monitoring plan,
schedule a workshop to review the plan
(50 CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS established an independent
peer review panel to review AGDC’s
Monitoring Plan for the proposed
project in Prudhoe Bay. NMFS provided
AGDC’s monitoring plan to the Peer
Review Panel (PRP) and asked them to
answer the following questions:
1. Will the applicant’s stated
objectives effectively further the
understanding of the impacts of their
activities on marine mammals and
otherwise accomplish the goals stated
below? If not, how should the objectives
be modified to better accomplish the
goals below?
2. Can the applicant achieve the
stated objectives based on the methods
described in the plan?
3. Are there technical modifications to
the proposed monitoring techniques and
methodologies proposed by the
applicant that should be considered to
better accomplish the objectives?
4. Are there techniques not proposed
by the applicant (i.e., additional
monitoring techniques or
methodologies) that should be
considered for inclusion in the
applicant’s monitoring program to better
accomplish the objectives?
5. What is the best way for an
applicant to present their data and
results (formatting, metrics, graphics,
etc.) in the required reports that are to
be submitted to NMFS (i.e., 90-day
report)?
The peer review panel (PRP) met in
March 2020 and subsequently provided
a final report to NMFS containing
recommendations that the panel
members felt were applicable to AGDC’s
monitoring plan. The panel concluded
that the objectives are appropriate,
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
however they provided some
recommendations to improve AGDC’s
ability to achieve their stated objectives.
The PRP’s primary recommendations
and comments are summarized and
addressed below. The PRP’s full report
is available on our website at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
The PRP recommended that AGDC
station PSOs on elevated platforms to
increase sighting distance. NMFS agrees
and proposes to require AGDC to
provide elevated monitoring locations
for PSOs. The structures would vary
depending on the construction location.
The PRP recommended that PSOs
focus on scanning the shoreline and
water, alternately with visual scans and
using binoculars, to detect as many
animals as possible rather than
following individual animals for any
length of time to collect detailed
behavioral information. NMFS requires
PSOs to document and report the
behavior of marine mammals observed
within the Level A and Level B
harassment zones. While NMFS agrees
that PSOs should not document
behavior at the expense of detecting
other marine mammals, particularly
within the shutdown zone, we are
asking PSOs to record an estimate of the
amount of time that an animal spends
in the harassment zone, which is
important to help understand the
likelihood of incurring PTS (given the
duration component of the thresholds)
and the severity of behavioral
disturbance.
The PRP recommended that the PSOs
record visibility conditions at regular
intervals (e.g., every five minutes) and
as they change throughout the day. The
panel recommended using either laser
range finders or a series of ‘‘landmarks’’
at varying distances from each observer.
The PRP notes that if AGDC uses
landmarks, AGDC could measure the
distance to the landmarks on the ground
before pile driving or removal begins,
and reference these landmarks
throughout the season to record
visibility. The landmarks could be
buildings, signs, or other stationary
objects on land that are located at
increasing distances from each
observation platform. PSOs should
record visibility according to the
farthest landmark the laser range finder
can detect or that the PSO can clearly
see. NMFS will require AGDC to record
visibility conditions throughout
construction; however, NMFS will
require PSOs to record visibility every
30 minutes, rather than every five
minutes, in an effort to minimize
distraction from observing marine
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
mammals. PSOs will be equipped with
range finders, and will establish
reference landmarks on land.
The PRP recommended that AGDC
have a designated person on site
keeping an activity log that includes the
precise start and stop dates and times of
each type of construction operation
mode. AGDC’s field lead PSO will
record this information during
construction.
The PRP commended AGDC’s
proposed use and experimentation with
night vision devices (NVD) and infrared
technology. The panel noted that there
are many devices with a broad range of
capabilities that should be thoroughly
understood before the experiment is
conducted. AGDC will select the most
effective devices based on surveys of
experienced PSOs and literature
provided by the panel.
The PRP expressed concern about the
limited effective visual detection range
of the PSOs in comparison with the
estimated size of the Level A and Level
B harassment zones, including AGDC’s
ability to shut down at the proposed
distances, and AGDC’s ability to
estimate actual Level A and Level B
harassment takes. The panel noted that
effective sighting distances are likely
200 m for seals, and 1 km for mysticetes,
based on ship-based PSO observations
in the Chukchi Sea (LGL et al., 2011).
They noted that the effective sighting
distance for beluga whales may be
greater than 200 m, although visibility
would likely decrease in windy
conditions with white caps (DeMaster et
al., 2001). The panel recommended that
AGDC implement real-time PAM to
verify the harassment zone sizes, and to
improve detection of marine mammals
at distances where visual detection
probability is limited or not possible.
The panel recommended that AGDC
begin PAM two to three weeks prior to
the start of construction and continue
through two to three weeks after
construction activities conclude for the
season. They recommended archival
bottom mounted recorders as an
alternative to real-time PAM, but noted
that these setups are not as easy to
relocate and that data can only be
accessed after recovery.
In a related comment, the panel
recommended that AGDC report total
estimated Level A and Level B
harassment takes using two methods.
First, the panel recommended that
AGDC assume that animal density is
uniform throughout the Level B
harassment zone and use distance
sampling methods, such as Burt et al.,
2014, based only on the shore-based
PSO observations to estimate actual
takes by Level B harassment. Second,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43409
the PRP recommended that AGDC also
use real-time PAM to estimate takes by
Level B harassment only in the far field,
assuming that each acoustic detection
that occurs during pile driving or
removal is a Level B harassment take.
In consideration of the effective
sighting distances included in the PRP
report, and estimated effective sighting
distances from the applicant, NMFS has
decreased the planned shutdown zone
for phocids during impact pile driving
to 500 m, as proposed herein. While this
distance is greater than the 200 m
estimated by the PRP, shore-based PSOs
typically have greater visibility.
Additionally, AGDC’s PSOs will observe
from elevated locations.
NMFS does not propose to require
AGDC to report Level A and Level B
harassment takes using distance
sampling methods, as NMFS does not
believe that it is appropriate to apply
precise distance sampling methods
intended for systematic surveys to
estimating take numbers in this
situation. As noted by the panel, the
assumption of uniform density
throughout the Level A and Level B
harassment zone is likely violated in
this instance, and the pile driving and
removal activities are likely to further
affect the distribution within the zones.
Therefore, NMFS proposes to require
AGDC to include an extrapolation of the
estimated takes by Level A and Level B
harassment based on the number of
observed exposures within the Level A
or Level B harassment zone and the
percentage of the Level A or Level B
harassment zone that was not visible in
their final report.
NMFS does not propose to require
AGDC to implement real-time PAM.
However, NMFS proposes to require
AGDC to include a single, archival PAM
receiver in the far field to collect data
that indicates the gross presence of
marine mammals and the received
sound source level at distance. AGDC
will implement the majority, if not all,
of the proposed pile driving and
removal during the open water season.
Since AGDC would need to deploy the
PAM system after ice melt, deploying it
two to three weeks before and after the
construction period would narrow
AGDC’s open water work window by at
least one month. Additionally, while
AGDC’s construction is occurring
within a limited timeframe, other
companies have operations in the area
also, which may interfere with the
ability to gather baseline data regarding
marine mammal presence without
interference from other industrial
activities. Marine mammals in the
project area are migratory, so presence
within the work area would change
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43410
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
throughout the suggested monitoring
period, even if AGDC was not
conducting the activity. As such, NMFS
will require AGDC to deploy the
archival PAM receiver for the duration
of the active construction period only.
We do not expect marine mammals
within the project area to be particularly
vocal, given that the project is primarily
during the open water season, outside of
the breeding period. The operation of
real-time PAM is significantly more
costly than collecting PAM data for later
analyses, as someone would need to
monitor the data in real-time, and the
PAM buoys would need to be relocated
for changes in monitoring zone sizes
between various pile sizes and
installation or removal methods. Realtime PAM would be helpful if there
were a necessity to take an action, such
as shutting down operations, at the time
that a detection occurs. However, in this
instance, visual monitoring by PSOs can
adequately minimize Level A
harassment take, and the proposed
authorization includes Level A
harassment take of ice seals. Given the
limitations described above,
implementation of real-time PAM is not
warranted in light of the associated cost
and effort.
The PRP also recommended that PSOs
observations begin 2–3 weeks prior to
construction, continue through the
construction season, and continue for 2–
3 weeks after the construction season
ends. Given that ice conditions in the
weeks leading up to the construction
period will differ from that during
construction (as will ice seal presence),
NMFS will require PSOs to observe
from shore during the three days before
construction begins, and for three
additional days after the construction
season ends, rather than 2–3 weeks.
During the construction season, NMFS
will require PSOs to monitor 24 hours
per day, even during periods without
construction.
The PRP also made recommendations
regarding how AGDC should present
their monitoring data and results. Please
refer to part V of the report for those
suggestions. AGDC will implement the
reporting recommendations that do not
require PAM as stated in the
recommendations. NMFS is still
considering whether reporting
recommendations h-j are appropriate.
Negligible Impact Analysis and
Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact
as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be
reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
annual rates of recruitment or survival
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of takes alone is not enough information
on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through harassment, NMFS considers
other factors, such as the likely nature
of any responses (e.g., intensity,
duration), the context of any responses
(e.g., critical reproductive time or
location, migration), as well as effects
on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the
number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this
information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989
preamble for NMFS’s implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,
1989), the impacts from other past and
ongoing anthropogenic activities are
incorporated into this analysis via their
impacts on the environmental baseline
(e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status
of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing
sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the majority of
our analyses apply to all of the species
listed in Table 19, given that many of
the anticipated effects of this project on
different marine mammal stocks are
expected to be relatively similar in
nature. Where there are meaningful
differences between species or stocks in
anticipated individual responses to
activities, impact of expected take on
the population due to differences in
population status or impacts on habitat,
they are described independently in the
analysis below.
Pile driving and removal activities
associated with the project, as outlined
previously, have the potential to disturb
or displace marine mammals.
Specifically, the specified activities may
result in take, in the form of Level A and
Level B harassment, from underwater
sounds generated from pile driving and
removal. Potential takes could occur if
individuals of these species are present
in zones ensonified above the
thresholds for Level A or Level B
harassment, identified above, when
these activities are underway. While
AGDC may pile drive at any time of day
(24 hours per day), we do not expect
noise-producing pile driving will
actually occur at all times during a 24hour period, given the general
construction process, including time for
setting up piles pile for installation.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
The takes from Level A and Level B
harassment will be due to potential
behavioral disturbance, TTS and PTS.
No mortality or serious injury is
anticipated given the nature of the
activity. Level A harassment is only
anticipated for ringed seal, spotted seal,
and bearded seal. The potential for
Level A harassment is minimized
through the construction method and
the implementation of the required
mitigation measures (see Proposed
Mitigation section).
Effects on individuals that are taken
by Level B harassment, on the basis of
reports in the literature as well as
monitoring from other similar activities,
will likely be limited to reactions such
as increased swimming speeds,
increased surfacing time, or decreased
foraging (if such activity were occurring)
(e.g., Thorson and Reyff 2006; HDR, Inc.
2012; Lerma 2014; ABR 2016). Most
likely for pile driving, individuals will
simply move away from the sound
source and be temporarily displaced
from the areas of pile driving, although
even this reaction has been observed
primarily only in association with
impact pile driving, which is just a
portion of AGDC’s construction. Level B
harassment will be reduced to the level
of least practicable adverse impact
through use of mitigation measures
described herein. If sound produced by
project activities is sufficiently
disturbing, animals are likely to simply
avoid the area while the activity is
occurring. While vibratory driving
associated with the project may produce
sound at distances of many kilometers
from the project site, the project site
itself is located in an active industrial
area, as previously described. Therefore,
we expect that animals annoyed by
project sound will simply avoid the area
and use more-preferred habitats.
In addition to the expected effects
resulting from authorized Level B
harassment, we anticipate that ringed
seals, spotted seals, and bearded seals
may sustain some limited Level A
harassment in the form of auditory
injury. However, animals that
experience PTS will likely only receive
slight PTS, i.e., minor degradation of
hearing capabilities within regions of
hearing that align most completely with
the frequency range of the energy
produced by pile driving, i.e., the lowfrequency region below 2 kHz, not
severe hearing impairment or
impairment in the regions of greatest
hearing sensitivity. If hearing
impairment occurs, it is most likely that
the affected animal will lose a few
decibels in its hearing sensitivity, which
in most cases is not likely to
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
meaningfully affect its ability to forage
and communicate with conspecifics.
Habitat disturbance and alteration
resulting from project activities could
have a few highly localized, short-term
effects for a few marine mammals,
however, the area of affected habitat
would be small compared to that
available to marine mammal species.
The activities may cause some fish to
leave the area of disturbance, thus
temporarily impacting marine
mammals’ foraging opportunities in a
limited portion of the foraging range.
We do not expect pile driving activities
to have significant, long-term
consequences to marine invertebrate
populations. Given the short duration of
the activities and the relatively small
area of the habitat that may be affected,
the impacts to marine mammal habitat,
including fish and invertebrates, are not
expected to cause significant or longterm negative consequences.
AGDC’s February to April pile driving
contingency period overlaps with the
period when ringed seals are
constructing subnivean lairs, giving
birth, and nursing pups. As discussed in
the Proposed Mitigation section, AGDC
will be required to begin construction
prior to March 1 when ringed seals are
known to begin constructing lairs. As
such, we expect that ringed seals will
construct their lairs away from the pile
driving operations, therefore
minimizing disturbance and avoiding
any potential for physical injury to seals
in lairs. Additionally, we expect that
AGDC will complete the majority, if not
all of the pile driving during the open
water season, so any pile driving that
did remain could likely be completed in
the earlier portion of the contingency
period, further reducing the potential
for impacts to ringed seals while lairing
or pupping.
As previously described, UMEs have
been declared for both gray whales and
ice seals, however, neither UME
provides cause for concern regarding
population-level impacts to any of these
stocks. For gray whales, the estimated
abundance of the Eastern North Pacific
stock is 26,960 (Carretta et al., 2019) and
the stock abundance has increased
approximately 22 percent in comparison
with 2010/2011 population levels
(Durban et al., 2017). For bearded seals,
the minimum estimated mean M/SI
(557) is well below the calculated
partial PBR (8,210). This PBR is only a
portion of that of the entire stock, as it
does not include bearded seals that
overwinter and breed in the Beaufort or
Chukchi Seas (Muto et al., 2019). For
the Alaska stock of ringed seals and the
Alaska stock of spotted seals, the M/SI
(863 and 329, respectively) is well
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
below the PBR for each stock (5,100 and
12,697, respectively) (Muto et al., 2019).
No serious injury, or mortality is
expected or proposed for authorization,
and Level B harassment takes of gray
whale and ice seal species, and Level A
harassment takes of ice seals will be
reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through the
incorporation of the proposed
mitigation measures. As such, the
proposed Level B harassment takes of
gray whales and ice seals and proposed
Level A harassment takes of ice seals is
not expected to exacerbate or compound
upon the ongoing UMEs.
In summary and as described above,
the following factors primarily support
our preliminary determination that the
impacts resulting from this activity are
not expected to adversely affect the
species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality or serious injury is
anticipated or authorized;
• The relatively small number of
Level A harassment exposures, for seals
only, are anticipated to result only in
slight PTS within the lower frequencies
associated with pile driving;
• The area impacted by the specified
activity is very small relative to the
overall habitat ranges of all species;
• Impacts to critical behaviors such as
lairing and pupping by ringed seals
would be avoided and minimized
through implementation of mitigation
measures described above; and
• AGDC would cease pile driving and
project vessels would transit landward
of Cross Island during the Nuiqsut
whaling season, therefore minimizing
impacts to critical behavior (i.e.,
migration).
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
proposed monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS preliminarily finds
that the total marine mammal take from
the proposed activity will have a
negligible impact on all affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers
of incidental take may be authorized
under Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of
the MMPA for specified activities other
than military readiness activities. The
MMPA does not define small numbers
and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares
the number of individuals taken to the
most appropriate estimation of
abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
43411
an authorization is limited to small
numbers of marine mammals. When the
predicted number of individuals to be
taken is fewer than one third of the
species or stock abundance, the take is
considered to be of small numbers.
Additionally, other qualitative factors
may be considered in the analysis, such
as the temporal or spatial scale of the
activities.
The number of instances of take for
each species or stock proposed to be
taken as a result of this project is
included in Table 19. Our analysis
shows that less than one-third of the
best available population abundance
estimate of each stock could be taken by
harassment (in fact, take of individuals
is less than two percent of the
abundance for all affected stocks). The
number of animals proposed to be taken
for each stock would be considered
small relative to the relevant stock’s
abundances even if each estimated
taking occurred to a new individual,
which is an unlikely scenario.
For beluga whale, the percentages in
Table 19 conservatively assume that all
takes of beluga whale will be accrued to
each stock, however, we expect that
most, if not all, beluga whales taken by
this project will be from the Beaufort
Sea stock.
For the Alaska stock of bearded seals,
a complete stock abundance value is not
available. As noted in the 2019 Draft
Alaska SAR (Muto et al., 2019), an
abundance estimate is currently only
available for the portion of bearded seals
in the Bering Sea (Conn et al., 2012).
The current abundance estimate for the
Bering Sea is 301,836 bearded seals.
Given the proposed 300 Level B
harassment takes and 5 Level A
harassment takes for the stock,
comparison to the Bering Sea estimate,
which is only a portion of the Alaska
Stock (which also includes animals in
the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas), shows
that, at most, less than one percent of
the stock is expected to be impacted.
A complete stock abundance value is
also not available for the Alaska stock of
ringed seals. As noted in the 2019 Draft
Alaska SAR (Muto et al., 2019), the
abundance estimate available, 171,418
animals, is only a partial estimate of the
Bering Sea portion of the population
(Conn et al., 2014). As noted in the SAR,
this estimate does not include animals
in the shore fast ice zone, and the
authors did not account for availability
bias. Muto et al. (2019) expect that the
Bering Sea portion of the population is
actually much higher. Given the
proposed 1,765 Level B harassment
takes and 32 Level A harassment takes
for the stock, comparison to the Bering
Sea partial estimate, which is only a
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
43412
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 / Notices
portion of the Alaska Stock (also
includes animals in the Chukchi and
Beaufort Seas), shows that, at most, less
than two percent of the stock is
expected to be impacted.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals,
NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be
taken relative to the population size of
the affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
and Determination
In order to issue an IHA, NMFS must
find that the specified activity will not
have an ‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’
on the subsistence uses of the affected
marine mammal species or stocks by
Alaskan Natives. NMFS has defined
‘‘unmitigable adverse impact’’ in 50 CFR
216.103 as an impact resulting from the
specified activity: (1) That is likely to
reduce the availability of the species to
a level insufficient for a harvest to meet
subsistence needs by: (i) Causing the
marine mammals to abandon or avoid
hunting areas; (ii) Directly displacing
subsistence users; or (iii) Placing
physical barriers between the marine
mammals and the subsistence hunters;
and (2) That cannot be sufficiently
mitigated by other measures to increase
the availability of marine mammals to
allow subsistence needs to be met.
Project activities could deter target
species from Prudhoe Bay and the area
ensonified above the relevant
harassment thresholds. However, as
noted in the Effects of Specified
Activities on Subsistence Uses of
Marine Mammals section, subsistence
use of seals is extremely limited in this
area, as it is not within the preferred
and frequented hunting areas. Bowhead
whales typically remain outside of the
area between the barrier islands and
Prudhoe Bay, minimizing the likelihood
of impacts from AGDC’s project.
Additionally, AGDC will cease pile
driving activities during the Nuiqsut
whaling season and will continue to
coordinate with local communities and
subsistence groups to minimize impacts
of the project. AGDC will also be
required to abide by the POC.
Based on the description of the
specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects
on the availability of marine mammals
for subsistence purposes, and the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:51 Jul 15, 2020
Jkt 250001
proposed mitigation and monitoring
measures, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that there will not be an
unmitigable adverse impact on
subsistence uses from AGDC’s proposed
activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
agency insure that any action it
authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
likely to jeopardize the continued
existence of any endangered or
threatened species or result in the
destruction or adverse modification of
designated critical habitat. To ensure
ESA compliance for the issuance of
IHAs, NMFS consults internally
whenever we propose to authorize take
for endangered or threatened species, in
this case with the Alaska Regional
Office.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take
of bowhead whale, bearded seal
(Beringia DPS) and ringed seal (Arctic
subspecies), which are listed under the
ESA. The NMFS Alaska Regional Office
issued a Biological Opinion under
section 7 of the ESA, on the issuance of
an IHA to AGDC under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA by the NMFS
Office of Protected Resources. The
Biological Opinion concluded that the
action is not likely to jeopardize the
continued existence of any of these
species.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary
determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
an IHA to AGDC for conducting
construction of the Alaska LNG Project
in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska from July 1,
2022 to June 30, 2023, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated. A draft of the
proposed IHA can be found at https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/
incidental-take-authorizations-undermarine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses,
the proposed authorization, and any
other aspect of this Notice of Proposed
IHA for the proposed project. We also
request at this time comment on the
potential Renewal of this proposed IHA
as described in the paragraph below.
Please include with your comments any
supporting data or literature citations to
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
help inform decisions on the request for
this IHA or a subsequent Renewal IHA.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may
issue a one-time one-year Renewal IHA
following notice to the public providing
an additional 15 days for public
comments when (1) up to another year
of identical or nearly identical, or nearly
identical, activities as described in the
Specified Activities section of this
notice is planned or (2) the activities as
described in the Specified Activities
section of this notice would not be
completed by the time the IHA expires
and a Renewal would allow for
completion of the activities beyond that
described in the Dates and Duration
section of this notice, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
• A request for renewal is received no
later than 60 days prior to the needed
Renewal IHA effective date (recognizing
that the Renewal IHA expiration date
cannot extend beyond one year from
expiration of the initial IHA).
• The request for renewal must
include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities
to be conducted under the requested
Renewal IHA are identical to the
activities analyzed under the initial
IHA, are a subset of the activities, or
include changes so minor (e.g.,
reduction in pile size) that the changes
do not affect the previous analyses,
mitigation and monitoring
requirements, or take estimates (with
the exception of reducing the type or
amount of take); and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report
showing the results of the required
monitoring to date and an explanation
showing that the monitoring results do
not indicate impacts of a scale or nature
not previously analyzed or authorized.
• Upon review of the request for
Renewal, the status of the affected
species or stocks, and any other
pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than
minor changes in the activities, the
mitigation and monitoring measures
will remain the same and appropriate,
and the findings in the initial IHA
remain valid.
Dated: July 13, 2020.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2020–15389 Filed 7–15–20; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\16JYN3.SGM
16JYN3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 85, Number 137 (Thursday, July 16, 2020)]
[Notices]
[Pages 43382-43412]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2020-15389]
[[Page 43381]]
Vol. 85
Thursday,
No. 137
July 16, 2020
Part IV
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the Alaska LNG Project in
Prudhoe Bay, Alaska; Notice
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 137 / Thursday, July 16, 2020 /
Notices
[[Page 43382]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
[RTID 0648-XA210]
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Construction of the Alaska LNG
Project in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request
for comments on proposed authorization and possible renewal.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the Alaska Gasline
Development Corporation (AGDC) for authorization to take marine mammals
incidental to construction of the Alaska LNG Project in Prudhoe Bay,
Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is
requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment
authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the
specified activities. NMFS is also requesting comments on a possible
one-year renewal that could be issued under certain circumstances and
if all requirements are met, as described in Request for Public
Comments at the end of this notice. NMFS will consider public comments
prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested
MMPA authorizations and agency responses will be summarized in the
final notice of our decision.
DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than August
17, 2020.
ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources,
National Marine Fisheries Service. Written comments should be sent to
[email protected].
Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the
public record and will generally be posted online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act without change. All personal identifying
information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by the
commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Leah Davis, Office of Protected
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in
this document, may be obtained online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act. In case of problems accessing these
documents, please call the contact listed above.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
The MMPA prohibits the ``take'' of marine mammals, with certain
exceptions. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
et seq.) direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to
allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified
geographical region if certain findings are made and either regulations
are issued or, if the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed incidental take authorization may be provided to the public
for review.
Authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or
stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for taking for subsistence uses
(where relevant). Further, NMFS must prescribe the permissible methods
of taking and other ``means of effecting the least practicable adverse
impact'' on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and on the availability of the species or stocks for
taking for certain subsistence uses (referred to in shorthand as
``mitigation''); and requirements pertaining to the mitigation,
monitoring and reporting of the takings are set forth.
The definitions of all applicable MMPA statutory terms cited above
are included in the relevant sections below.
National Environmental Policy Act
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA;
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A,
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts
on the human environment. Accordingly, NMFS plans to adopt the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission's (FERC) EIS, provided our independent
evaluation of the document finds that it includes adequate information
analyzing the effects on the human environment of issuing the IHA. NMFS
is a cooperating agency on FERC's EIS.
The FERC's EIS was made available for public comment from June 28,
2019 to October 3, 2019. The FERC's Final EIS is available at https://www.ferc.gov/industries/gas/enviro/eis/2020/03-06-20-FEIS.asp.
We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice
prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the
IHA request.
Summary of Request
On March 28, 2019, NMFS received a request from AGDC for an IHA to
take marine mammals incidental to construction activities in Prudhoe
Bay, Alaska. AGDC submitted revised applications on May 29, 2019;
September 16, 2019; October 31, 2019, February 7, 2020; and February
25, 2020. The application was deemed adequate and complete on May 21,
2020. AGDC's request is for take of a small number of six species of
marine mammals by harassment. Neither AGDC nor NMFS expects serious
injury or mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA
is appropriate.
This proposed IHA would authorize incidental take during one year
of the larger AK LNG project for which AGDC has also requested a five-
year Letter of Authorization (LOA) (84 FR 30991, June 28, 2019) for
incidental take associated with project activities in Cook Inlet,
Alaska. The larger project involves a pipeline that will span
approximately 807 miles (mi) (1,290 kilometers [km]) from a gas
treatment facility on Alaska's North Slope, which holds 35 trillion
cubic feet (ft\3\) of proven gas reserves, to a liquefaction and export
facility in southcentral Alaska.
Description of Proposed Activity
Overview
AGDC plans to construct an integrated liquefied natural gas (LNG)
project with interdependent facilities to liquefy supplies of natural
gas from Alaska, in particular from the Point Thomson Unit (PTU) and
Prudhoe Bay Unit (PBU)
[[Page 43383]]
production fields on the Alaska North Slope (North Slope), for export
in foreign commerce and for in-state deliveries of natural gas. AGDC
plans to construct an Alaska LNG Gas Treatment Plant (GTP), which they
would construct with large, pre-fabricated modules that that can only
be transported to the North Slope with barges (sealifts).
AGDC is proposing to modify the existing West Dock causeway and
associated dock heads in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska in order to facilitate
offloading modular construction components and transporting them to the
GTP construction site. Vibratory and impact pile driving associated
with the work at West Dock would introduce underwater sound that may
result in take by Level A and Level B harassment of marine mammals in
Prudhoe Bay, Alaska. AGDC proposes to conduct pile driving up to 24
hours per day on approximately 123 days from July through October
during the open water (i.e., ice-free) season.
Dates and Duration
The proposed IHA would be effective from July 1, 2022 to June 30,
2023. Work that may result in the take of marine mammals is expected to
take place during the open water season, between July and October, and
would be conducted up to 24 hours per day, six days per week.
Several communities on the North Slope of Alaska engage in
subsistence hunting activities at varying times and in varying
locations. These subsistence hunts are further described below in the
Effects of Specified Activities on Subsistence Uses of Marine Mammals
section. The proposed construction activities would occur closest to
the marine subsistence use area used by the Native Village of Nuiqsut,
which typically occurs August 25th to September 15th, or earlier if
whaling is complete. AGDC will cease pile driving during the Nuiqsut
whaling season.
AGDC conservatively calculated that in-water construction would
last 164 days. However, they expect that different pile types would be
installed on the same day, which was not accounted for in the 164-day
estimate. Therefore, given the information AGDC has provided NMFS, we
expect that construction will require approximately 123 days of in-
water work considering the open water period, and the break in
construction during the whaling season. If AGDC is not able to complete
the work during the open water season construction period as planned,
they will complete the work during a contingency period from late
February to April 2023.
Specific Geographic Region
The AK LNG construction activities at issue in this IHA will occur
at West Dock in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, on Alaska's North Slope. West Dock
is a multipurpose facility, commonly used to offload marine cargo to
support Prudhoe Bay oilfield development. West Dock extends out from
the shoreline 2.7 miles (mi) (4.3 kilometers [km]) and is within
shallow waters less than 14.2 feet (ft.) (4.3 meters [m]) deep. Please
see Figure 1 in AGDC's application for a map of the West Dock area.
Detailed Description of Specific Activity
Below, we discuss the proposed activities in Prudhoe Bay, a portion
of the larger AK LNG project (which extends from the North Slope to
Cook Inlet). For information on other AK LNG project components, please
refer to Volume I, Chapter 2 of the Alaska LNG Final EIS.
AGDC is proposing to further develop the West Dock facility in
Prudhoe Bay, AK. West Dock is a multipurpose facility, commonly used to
offload marine cargo to support Prudhoe Bay oilfield development. The
West Dock causeway, which extends approximately 2.5 mi (4 km) into
Prudhoe Bay from the shoreline, is a solid-fill gravel causeway
structure. There are two existing loading docks along the causeway,
referred to as Dock Head 2 (DH2) and Dock Head 3 (DH3), and a seawater
treatment plant (STP) at the seaward terminus of the structure. A 650-
ft (198-m) breach with a single lane bridge was installed in the
causeway between DH2 and DH3 during 1995 and 1996 due to concerns that
the solid causeway was affecting coastal circulation and marine
resources.
Development of the dock facility would require constructing a new
dock head referred to as Dock Head 4 (DH4), widening the gravel
causeway between the proposed DH4 site and the onshore road system, and
installation of a temporary barge bridge parallel to the existing
bridge over the aforementioned breach to accommodate transport of the
modules over the breach. The following describes these activities in
detail.
Causeway Widening--AGDC will build a parallel causeway
approximately 100-125 ft (30.5-38.1 m) wide and 5,000 ft. long (1,524
m) on the east side of the existing causeway from DH3 to DH4. AGDC will
upgrade the other two existing segments of West Dock causeway to a
width of approximately 100-125 ft (30.5-38.1 m) from the current width
of 40-80 ft. (12.2-24.4 m). AGDC will conduct the widening on the east
side of the causeway because there is a pipeline along the west side.
The widening would occur along approximately 4,500 ft. (1,372 m) from
DH3 to DH2, and 3,800 ft. (1,158 m) from DH2 to land. This causeway
widening work would be conducted during the summer (July-August).
Gravel would be hauled in by truck and deposited in place by shore-
based heavy equipment. Expected gravel requirements are indicated in
Table 2 of AGDC's application. NMFS does not expect gravel deposition
to result in take, and therefore, we do not discuss it further in this
notice.
DH4 Work Area and Bulkhead--AGDC will construct a new dock head
(DH4). DH4 would be a gravity-based structure, with a combi-wall (sheet
piles connected by H-piles) bulkhead or dock face back-filled with
gravel. The gravel dock head would provide a working area of
approximately 31 acres (0.13 km\2\) and would have five cargo berths.
Gravel would be hauled in by truck and deposited in place by shore-
based heavy equipment. Hauling and placement of gravel for construction
of DH4 would occur from June-September. Gravel requirements are
quantified in Table 3 of AGDC's application.
Construction of DH4 would require the installation of over 1,080
linear ft. (329 m) of combi-wall forming a bulkhead at the dock face,
and will require vibratory and impact pile driving. Other margins of
the dock head would be sloped and armored with sand bags. Table 1
indicates the planned numbers and types of piles proposed for
installation, and proposed installation method for DH4 work, including
the work area and bulkhead.
Table 1--Piles Planned for Installation at DH4
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Pile type/size Installation method piles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5-inch Steel H-Pile............ Impact.............. 212
48-inch Steel Pipe Pile........... Impact.............. 12
[[Page 43384]]
25-inch Steel Sheet Pile.......... Vibratory........... 422
14-inch Steel H-Pile (temporary).. Vibratory........... 48
------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGDC plans to construct DH4 from June-October (open water season).
Hauling and placing of the gravel will take place first. AGDC plans to
install the combi-wall mid-September-October (after the whaling season
and before ice). If AGDC is not able to complete the DH4 construction
during the open water season, they plan to complete construction during
a contingency period from February to April 2023, working off the ice.
DH4 Mooring Dolphins--AGDC plans to install twelve mooring dolphins
in the cargo berths at the proposed DH4 to hold the ballasted barges in
place. Figure 5 of AGDC's application shows the locations of the
proposed mooring dolphins. AGDC plans to install four temporary spuds
(14-inch steel H piles) for support prior to the construction of each
mooring dolphin using a vibratory hammer. AGDC would extract these
piles immediately after completion of the dolphin. Table 1 lists the
proposed pile types, numbers, and driving methods for DH4 work,
including the mooring dolphins.
AGDC plans to install the mooring dolphins from September-October
(after the Nuiqsut whaling season and before ice cover). If AGDC is not
able to complete mooring dolphin construction during this time, they
plan to complete construction during a contingency period from late
February to April of the following year.
Berthing Basin--The proposed location of the DH4 bulkhead is
approximately 1,000 ft. (305 m) beyond the end of the existing causeway
at the STP. This location was selected as it provides an existing
nominal water depth of -12 ft. (-3.7 m) mean lower low water (MLLW)
across the length of the bulkhead, allowing for berthing of cargo
barges at their intended transit draft of 10 ft. (3.05 m) without the
exchange of ballast water.
AGDC plans to conduct screeding over the seafloor within the
berthing area to a depth of -12 ft. (-3.7 m) MLLW. Screeding would
redistribute the seabed materials to provide a flat and even surface on
which the module cargo barges can be grounded. The berthing area
encompasses approximately 13.7 acres (0.06 km\2\). In the screeding
process, a tug and/or barge pushes or drags a beam or blade across the
seafloor, removing high spots and filling local depressions. The
screeding operation is not intended to increase or decrease overall
seabed elevation so there would be no excavated materials requiring
disposal.
AGDC would conduct screeding in the summer immediately prior to
arrival of each sealift and as soon as sea ice conditions allow
mobilization of the screeding barge. Based on historical ice data, AGDC
anticipates screeding during July for a period of up to 14 days. AGDC
would conduct a multi-beam hydrographic survey to identify high and low
spots in the seabed prior to each season with equipment emitting sound
at frequencies above 200 kilohertz (kHz). We do not expect the survey
to result in take, and we do not discuss it further in this notice.
Additionally, we do not expect screeding to result in take of marine
mammals, given that it is a continuous noise source comparable to other
general construction activities. The Biological Opinion issued by NMFS'
Alaska Regional Office conservatively requires AGDC to shut down at 215
m during screeding operations. AGDC has not requested, and NMFS does
not propose to authorize take incidental to the proposed screeding.
Barge Bridge--The existing bridge over the aforementioned 650 ft.
(198 m) breach in the causeway is too narrow for module transport and
incapable of supporting the weight of the project modules. Therefore,
AGDC plans to construct a temporary barge bridge to accommodate
transport of the modules over the breach and to the onshore road
system. AGDC plans to construct new sheet pile and gravel abutments
along the east side of the existing bridge and plans to install four
mooring dolphins. Two barges would then be placed along these mooring
dolphins and between the abutments to form a temporary bridge for
module transport.
Sealifts and barge bridge installation and removal (not including
pile driving) would occur each of six consecutive years to accommodate
the modules required for the project. AGDC would construct the approach
abutments and mooring dolphins (each further described below) in the
first season, and would prepare the seabed before installation of the
barge bridge for the first sealift. The barge bridge would be installed
annually each sealift year at the beginning of the open-water season,
and would be removed each fall prior to freeze-up. This installation
and removal does not include installation and removal of the mooring
dolphins. AGDC expects to conduct some seabed preparation prior to
installation and use of the barge bridge in each subsequent sealift
year. NMFS does not expect annual placement, use, or removal of the
barge bridge or the seabed preparation to result in marine mammal
harassment, and therefore we do not discuss it further in this notice.
Barge Bridge Abutments--AGDC plans to construct approach abutments
(gravel filled open-cell sheet pile bulkheads) along the east side of
the existing causeway on both ends of the barge bridge. AGDC would
place gravel bags for erosion control in locations where there is no
bulkhead. The bulkheads would be approximately 420 ft. (128 m) long
(along the causeway) and 120 ft. (36.6 m) across.
Much of the abutment sheet pile is for the tail walls that run from
the bulkhead into the gravel fill and terminate at an anchor pile (H-
pile). A large portion of this tail wall piling and many of the tail
wall anchor piles would be driven into dry ground and are not included
in the analysis for assessing in-water noise impacts on marine mammals.
Table 2 lists the numbers and types of pilings planned for in-water
installation for the barge bridge abutments.
[[Page 43385]]
Table 2--Piles Planned for In-Water Installation at the North and South
Barge Bridge Abutment Bulkheads
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pile type and Number of
installation method piles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
South Abutment................. 19.69-inch Steel Sheet 695
Pile (Vibratory).
14-inch Steel H-Pile 4
(Impact).
North Abutment................. 19.69-inch Steel Sheet 609
Pile (Vibratory).
14-inch Steel H-Pile 4
(Impact).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGDC plans to install the sheet piles from land or barges on open
water, and potentially from the ice if the contingency period is
necessary.
Construction of the barge bridge abutments is scheduled for July-
August with a break in pile driving during the Nuiqsut whaling season
(approximately August 25-September 15) if activities overlap. If AGDC
is unable to complete construction during the open water period, they
plan to complete the work during the contingency period from February
to April of 2023.
Barge Bridge Mooring Dolphins--AGDC plans to install four mooring
dolphins at the barge bridge site to protect the current bridge from
the barges and hold the ballasted barges in place. Each mooring dolphin
consists of one 48-inch diameter (1.2 m), 100 ft. (30.5 m) long steel
pipe pile that AGDC will drive with an impact hammer to a minimum of 65
ft. (19.8 m) into the seabed. As described above for the DH4 mooring
dolphins, AGDC plans to install four temporary spuds (14.5-inch steel
H-piles) with a vibratory hammer for support prior to the construction
of each barge bridge mooring dolphin. AGDC would extract these
temporary spuds immediately after completion of the dolphin.
AGDC plans to construct the barge bridge abutments, including the
mooring dolphins, in July and August, with a break in pile driving
during the Nuiqsut whaling season (approximately August 25-September
15). If AGDC is not able to complete the work during that period, they
will complete the dolphin installation during the contingency period
from February to April of 2023.
Table 3--Piles Planned for Mooring Dolphin Installation at the Barge
Bridge Abutments
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Pile type Installation method piles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
48-inch Steel Pipe Pile........... Impact.............. 4
14-inch Steel H-Pile (Temporary).. Vibratory........... \a\ 16
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Each of these piles will be installed and later removed after
installation of mooring dolphin.
Table 4--Total Number of Piles Among All Prudhoe Bay Project Components
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Pile size and type Hammer type piles
------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5-inch H-Pile.................. Impact.............. 212
14.5-inch H-Pile.................. Impact.............. 8
Vibratory........... 64
48-inch Pipe Pile................. Impact.............. 16
Sheet Piles (19.69-inch and 25- Vibratory........... 1,726
inch).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGDC will only operate one hammer at a time during all pile
driving.
Seabed Preparation at the Barge Bridge--AGDC will construct a level
and stable barge pad to support the ballasted barge at the proper
horizontal and vertical location for successful transit of modules
across the breach. The pad would be designed to support the fully
loaded weight of the barge and the heaviest modules.
Pad construction would include an initial through-ice bathymetric
survey within the breach. AGDC would conduct the through-ice survey by
drilling or augering holes through the ice and measuring the bottom
elevations by a survey rod tied to the local Global Positioning
System--Real Time Kinematic (GPS-RTK) system to provide the needed
level of accuracy of horizontal positions and vertical elevations. A
grid of survey holes would be established over the 710 ft. (216 m) by
160 ft. (48.8 m) dimensions (2.6 acres; 0.01 km\2\) of the breach barge
pad to allow for determination of the bottom bathymetry such that a
plan can be developed accordingly to prepare the barge pad surface.
NMFS expects drilling and augering holes to produce continuous noise
similar to other standard construction noise. We do not expect drilling
or augering holes to result in take of marine mammals and drilling and
auguring holes through the sea ice is not discussed further.
Seabed preparation would consist of smoothing the seabed within the
pad area as necessary to level the seabed across the pad at an
elevation grade of approximately -7 ft. (-2.1 m) MLLW. Some gravel fill
may be required at scour holes. Rock filled marine mattresses or
gabions approximately 1 ft. (0.3 m) thick would then be placed across
the graded pad to provide a stable and low maintenance surface at -6
ft. (- 1.8 m) MLLW on which the barges would be grounded. These
mattresses are gravel-filled containers constructed of high-strength
geogrid, with the geogrid panels laced together to form mattress-shaped
baskets.
AGDC would conduct the seabed preparations through the ice during
winter using excavation equipment and ice excavation methods. Equipment
required for the grading work includes ice trenchers, excavators,
front-end
[[Page 43386]]
loaders, man-lifts, haul trucks, survey equipment, and other ancillary
equipment necessary to support the operation. An equipment spread
includes a trencher for cutting ice, an excavator for removing ice, a
second excavator, and haul units. AGDC would initiate through-ice
grading efforts by cutting through the ice with trenchers. Excavators
would then proceed to remove the ice to expose the seafloor bottom.
Once a section has been exposed to the seafloor, the bottom will be
graded to -7 ft. (-2.1 m) MLLW using the excavation equipment. AGDC
would then install marine mattresses on the graded pad, likely
requiring use of a crane. Grounded ice conditions are expected to occur
at the breach on or before February 1st of each year at the latest.
AGDC expects to conduct through-ice surveying and grading work
immediately after, if not sooner. AGDC expects the total construction
duration will be 45 to 60 days with construction complete by the end of
March and demobilization from the breach area in early April. NMFS
expects these activities to produce continuous noise similar to other
standard construction noise. Ringed seals could be present during this
time, particularly in subnivean lairs (Frost and Burns, 1989; Kelly et
al., 1986; Williams et al., 2001). It is likely that few, if any,
spotted or bearded seals would be present during that time (Bengston et
al., 2005; Lowry et al., 1998; Simpkins et al., 2003). Additionally, we
do not expect cetaceans to be present in the area during this time
(Quakenbush et al., 2018, Citta et al., 2016). We do not expect these
seabed preparation activities to result in take of marine mammals and
do not discuss them further.
AGDC may conduct some screeding right before the barges are placed
in summer in an effort to achieve a surface that is near flush with
adjacent subsurface elevations. Any screeding at the barge bridge site
would be expected to take 14 days or less. As discussed previously,
NMFS does not expect screeding to result in marine mammal harassment,
therefore, screeding is not discussed further in this document.
Barge Bridge Installation--The first two barges to offload
materials would be used to form the temporary bridge, paralleling the
existing weight-limited bridge, and spanning the breach. AGDC would
move these barges into place against the mooring dolphins with tugs
where they would be ballasted and fastened to the causeway abutments
and each other. The two ballasted barges would be placed bow-to-bow
when resting on the seafloor. The barge rakes would angle upward and
touch at their adjoining point, leaving an approximately 52.5-ft (16-m)
gap at the seafloor between the barges. The stern of each barge would
angle sharply upward at each end of the bridge, leaving an additional
10-ft (3.1-m) gap at the seafloor at each end.
Ramps would be installed to accommodate smooth transit of the self-
propelled module transporters (SPMTs) over the bridge. Modules would be
transported by SPMTs down the causeway and over the temporary bridge to
a staging pad at the base of West Dock. From there, they would be moved
southward over approximately 6 mi (9.7 km) of new and existing roads to
the GTP construction site.
AGDC expects construction of the temporary barge bridge will last 3
days. The temporary bridge would be held in place by the mooring
dolphins. AGDC expects the temporary bridge to be in place for 21 to 39
days, depending on weather conditions and logistics. At the conclusion
of each year's sealift, AGDC would de-ballast the barges and remove
them from the breach. Upon the subsequent summer season and the next
sealift, AGDC would position the barges back in the breach and re-
ballast them onto the barge pad for module transport operations. NMFS
does not expect placement or removal of the barge bridges to result in
take of marine mammals, and we do not discuss it further.
AGDC plans to leave West Dock modifications in place after modules
are offloaded, as their removal would result in greater disturbance to
the surrounding environment. AGDC also plans to leave the piling and
infrastructure forming the offshoot and ramp to the temporary barge
bridge in place, as removing it may result in erosion or weakening of
the existing causeway. AGDC would cut the mooring pilings below the
sediment surface, remove them, and cover the area with surrounding
sediment.
Sealifts--AGDC has proposed six sealifts, consisting of two
preliminary sealifts (NEG1 and NEG2) transporting materials (smaller
modules, equipment, and supplies) and four primary sealifts (Sealifts
1-4) carrying the GTP modules. AGDC identified the timing, numbers of
vessels, and numbers of modules associated with each of these six
sealifts in their application (See Tables 8 and 9 of AGDC's
application).
The barges will transport the modules from the manufacturing site
(likely in Asia) with first call being Dutch Harbor to clear customs.
The barges would then proceed to a designated Marine Transit Staging
Area (MTSA), with Port Clarence being the preferred location for the
MTSA at this time. The tug and barge will wait in a secure anchorage
there until sea ice conditions have improved to 3/10 ice cover or
better. The tow spread would be accompanied by a light aircraft which
would repeatedly fly along the tow route to give a detailed report on
sea and ice conditions. When such conditions are favorable, the tug and
barge would proceed to the Prudhoe Bay Offshore Staging Area (PBOSA)
located south (shoreward) of Reindeer Island and approximately 5 mi (8
km) north of DH4 to await berthing at DH4.
The sealift barges would be moved from the PBOSA to DH4 with the
shallow draft assist tugs. Offloading operations at DH4 would occur 24
hours a day during periods of favorable metocean and weather
conditions. Current North Slope sealift practices limit operations to
wind speed below 20 knots. The barges would be butted up against the
dock face and then ballasted down until they rest on the prepared barge
bearing pad. Ramps would be placed to connect the barge deck with the
dock so that the SPMTs are able to roll under the modules, lift them,
then roll out and transport them to the onshore module staging area.
The barges would be demobilized from the PBOSA by ocean-going tugs
using standard marine shipping routes. The barges would transit
individually through the Beaufort and Chukchi seas rather than in
groups, as occurred during their arrival into Prudhoe Bay. They would
be demobilized from Prudhoe Bay on or about mid-September. NMFS does
not expect take to occur associated with ordinary vessel transit, and
therefore the use of sealifts is not discussed further.
NMFS is carrying forward impact and vibratory pile driving and
removal (piles indicated in Table 4) for further analysis regarding
potential take of marine mammals. Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
reporting measures are described in detail later in this document
(please see Proposed Mitigation and Proposed Monitoring and Reporting).
Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and
behavior and life history of the potentially affected species.
Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be
found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SARs; https://
www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/
[[Page 43387]]
marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments) and more
general information about these species (e.g., physical and behavioral
descriptions) may be found on NMFS's website (https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/find-species). Additional information may be
found in the Aerial Survey of Arctic Marine Mammals (ASAMM) reports,
which are available online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/alaska/marine-mammal-protection/aerial-surveys-arctic-marine-mammals.
Table 5 lists all species or stocks for which take is expected and
proposed to be authorized for this action, and summarizes information
related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under
the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR), where known.
For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2019). PBR is defined by
the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural
mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while
allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable
population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is
anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and
mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross
indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area.
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in
NMFS's U.S. Pacific and Alaska SARs (e.g., Muto et al., 2019). All
values presented in Table 5 are the most recent available at the time
of publication and are available in the 2018 Pacific and Alaska SARs
(Carretta et al., 2019; Muto et al., 2019) and draft 2019 Alaska SARs
(available online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/draft-marine-mammal-stock-assessment-reports).
Table 5--Species for Which Take is Reasonably Likely to Occur
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ESA/MMPA Stock abundance (CV,
status; Nmin, most recent Annual M/
Common name Scientific name Stock strategic (Y/N) abundance survey) PBR SI \3\
\1\ \2\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Eschrichtiidae:
Gray whale.................... Eschrichtius robustus Eastern North Pacific -/-; N 26,960 (0.05, 801................. 139
25,849, 2016).
Family Balaenidae:
Bowhead whale................. Balaena mysticetus... Western Arctic....... E/D; Y 16,820 (0.052, 161................. 53
16,100, 2011).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Delphinidae:
Beluga whale.................. Delphinapterus leucas Beaufort Sea......... -/-; N 39,258 (0.229, NA, UND................. 139
1992).
Eastern Chukchi Sea.. -/-; N 20,752 (0.7, 12,194, 244................. 67
2012).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Carnivora--Superfamily Pinnipedia
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Family Phocidae (earless seals):
Ringed seal................... Phoca (pusa) hispida. Alaska............... T/D; Y see SAR (see SAR, 5,100............... 863
see SAR, 2013.
Spotted seal.................. Phoca largha......... Alaska............... -/-; N 461,625 (see SAR, 12,697.............. 329
423,237, 2013).
Bearded seal.................. Erignathus barbatus.. Beringia............. T/D; Y see SAR (see SAR, See SAR............. 557
see SAR, 2013.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
exceeds PBR or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed
under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ NMFS marine mammal stock assessment reports online at: https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-stock-assessments assessments. CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance.
\3\ These values, found in NMFS's SARs, represent annual levels of human-caused mortality plus serious injury from all sources combined (e.g.,
commercial fisheries, ship strike).
As indicated above, all six species (with seven managed stocks) in
Table 5 temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity to the
degree that take is reasonably likely to occur, and we have proposed
authorizing take. While a harbor porpoise was sighted in the 2017 ASAMM
survey (Clarke et al., 2018), the spatial occurrence of harbor porpoise
is such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed
further beyond the explanation provided here. Harbor porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena) are considered to be extremely rare in the Beaufort Sea,
particularly in the project area (Megan Ferguson, pers. comm., November
2019).
In addition, the polar bear may be found in Prudhoe Bay. However,
polar bears are managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and are
not considered further in this document.
Bowhead Whale
Of the five stocks of bowhead whale, only the Western Arctic stock
is found within U.S. waters. This stock is listed as endangered under
the ESA and depleted under the MMPA. The stock is classified as a
strategic stock and an Alaska Species of Special Concern (Muto et al.
2018). From 1978 to 2011, the Western Arctic stock increased at a rate
of 3.7 percent (95 percent Confidence Interval [CI] = 2.9-4.6 percent),
and abundance tripled from approximately 5,000 to approximately 16,820
whales (Givens et al. 2016).
[[Page 43388]]
Bowhead whales belonging to the Western Arctic stock are
distributed seasonally in ice-covered waters of the Arctic and near-
Arctic, generally between 60 degrees and 75 degrees North latitude in
the Western Arctic Basin (Moore and Reeves 1993; Muto et al. 2018). The
majority of the stock migrates annually from wintering areas (December
to March) in the central and northwestern Bering Sea, north through the
Chukchi Sea in the spring (April through May) following offshore ice
leads around the coast of Alaska, and into the eastern Beaufort Sea
where they spend most of the summer (June through early to mid-
October). Most animals from the stock return to the Bering Sea in the
fall (September through December) where they overwinter (Braham et al.
1980; Moore and Reeves 1993; Citta et al. 2015; Muto et al. 2018).
Critical habitat has not been designated for the bowhead whale.
NMFS was petitioned in 2000 to consider designating the nearshore areas
from Utqia[gdot]vik east to the U.S.-Canada border as critical habitat
for the Western Arctic stock. In 2002, NMFS determined that a critical
habitat designation was not necessary as the population was increasing
and approaching the pre-commercial whaling size, there were no known
habitat issues slowing the population growth, and activities that
occurred in the petitioned area were already being managed to minimize
impacts to the population (67 FR 55767).
The annual migration of the Western Arctic stock to and from the
summer feeding grounds in the Beaufort Sea has been monitored by the
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) (and predecessor agencies),
NMFS, and/or industry since 1982 (Treacy et al. 2006; Blackwell et al.
2007; Ireland et al. 2009; Reiser et al. 2011; Bisson et al. 2013;
Clarke et al. 2014). Survey data indicate that the fall migration off
northern Alaska occurs primarily over the continental shelf, generally
12-37 mi (19-60 km) offshore, in waters 66-197 ft (11-60 m deep (Moore
et al. 1989; Moore and Reeves 1993; Treacy 2002; Monnett and Treacy
2005; Treacy et al. 2006). Waters less than 15 ft. (4.5 m) deep are
considered too shallow to support these whales, and in three decades of
aerial surveys by BOEM (ASAMM), no bowhead whale has been recorded in
waters less than 16.4 ft (5 m) deep (Clarke and Ferguson 2010).
Monitoring surveys have been conducted annually since 2001 at the
Northstar offshore oil and gas facility located just offshore of West
Dock. Over 95 percent of the bowheads observed during these fall
surveys occurred more than 13.9 mi (22.3 km) offshore in 2001, 14.2 mi
(22.9 km) in 2002, 8.4 mi (13.5 km) in 2003, and 10.1 mi (16.3 km) in
2004 (Blackwell et al. 2007). West Dock extends out from the shoreline
2.7 mi (4.3 km) and is within shallow waters less than 14.2 ft (4.3 m)
deep. The proposed project activities would occur primarily along the
West Dock causeway in an area developed for oil and gas with existing
vessel traffic. While a small number of bowhead whales have been seen
or heard offshore near Prudhoe Bay in late August (LGL and Greenridge
1996; Greene et al. 1999; Blackwell et al. 2007; Goetz et al. 2008),
bowheads are not likely to occur in the immediate vicinity of the
proposed activities.
Clarke et al. (2015) identified nine biologically important areas
(BIAs) for bowheads in the U.S. Arctic region. The spring (April-May)
migratory corridor BIA for bowheads is far offshore from the behavioral
disturbance zones for the project, while the fall (September-October)
migratory corridor BIA (western Beaufort Sea on and north of the shelf)
for bowheads is further inshore and closer to the project site. Clarke
et al. (2015) also identified four BIAs for bowheads that are important
for reproduction and encompassed areas where the majority of bowhead
whales identified as calves were observed each season; none of these
reproductive BIAs overlap directly with the behavioral disturbance
zones for the AK LNG project. Finally, three bowhead feeding BIAs were
identified. Again, there is no spatial overlap of the activity with
these BIAs. In summary, we expect that bowhead whales may occur within
the project area during the open water season. We would not expect
bowheads to be present during AGDC's winter/spring contingency pile
driving period.
Gray Whale
The Eastern North Pacific (ENP) stock of gray whales utilize U.S.
waters from the southern coast of California north into Alaska. In
1994, the ENP stock was delisted from the ESA due to recovery (59 FR
31094). Punt and Wade (2012) estimated the stock was at 85 percent of
carrying capacity and is, therefore, within range of its optimum
sustainable population (OSP).
The majority of the ENP stock of gray whales spend the summer and
fall feeding in the Chukchi, Beaufort, and northwestern Bering seas
before migrating south to the warmer water lagoons of coastal Baja
California and Mexico. Prior to 1997, reports of gray whales in the
Beaufort Sea were very rare. A single gray whale was killed at Cross
Island in 1933 (Maher 1960), and small numbers were observed in the
Canadian Beaufort Sea approximately 700 coastal mi (1,100 coastal km)
east of Point Barrow in 1980 (Rugh and Fraker 1981). Gray whale
sightings became more common from 1998 to 2004, although still
infrequent (Miller et al. 1999; Treacy 2000; Williams and Coltrane
2002), and, after 2005, the species has been regularly observed in the
Beaufort Sea (Green and Negri 2005; Green et al. 2007; Jankowski et al.
2008; Lyons et al. 2009). Feeding gray whales were observed near Elson
Lagoon (immediately east of Point Barrow) in 2005 (Green and Negri
2005) and in Smith Bay (approximately 62 mi [100 km] east of Point
Barrow) in 2007 (Green et al. 2007). Few gray whales have been
documented as far east as Cape Halkett (approximately 99 mi [160 km]
east of Point Barrow) in the Beaufort Sea, and their occurrence within
the project area is not likely.
Clarke et al. (2015) identified biologically important areas (BIAs)
for gray whale feeding and reproduction in the U.S. Arctic region,
however, both are far west of the project area in the Chukchi Sea.
In summary, we expect that gray whales could occur within the
project area during the open water season, though occurrence is not
likely. We would not expect gray whales to be present during AGDC's
winter/spring contingency pile driving period.
Beluga Whale
Of the five stocks of beluga whales occurring in Alaska waters, two
inhabit the Beaufort Sea: The Beaufort Sea stock and the Eastern
Chukchi Sea stock. Beluga whales from the two stocks migrate between
the Bering and Beaufort seas and are closely associated with open leads
and polynyas. The Beaufort Sea stock departs the Bering Sea in early
spring, migrating through the Chukchi Sea and into the Canadian
Beaufort Sea where they spend the summer and most of the fall,
returning to the Bering Sea in the late fall. The Eastern Chukchi stock
remains in the Bering Sea slightly longer, departing in the late spring
and early summer for the Chukchi Sea and western Beaufort Sea where
they spend the summer before returning to the Bering Sea in the fall
(Muto et al. 2018).
O'Corry et al. (2018) studied genetic marker sets in 1,647 beluga
whales. The data set was from over 20 years and encompassed all of the
whales' major coastal summering regions in the Pacific Ocean. The
genetic marker analysis of the migrating whales revealed that while
both the wintering and
[[Page 43389]]
summering areas of the eastern Chukchi Sea and eastern Beaufort Sea
subpopulations may overlap, the timing of spring migration differs such
that the whales hunted at coastal sites in Chukotka, the Bering Strait
(i.e., Diomede), and northwest Alaska (i.e., Point Hope) in the spring
and off of Alaska's Beaufort Sea coast in summer were predominantly
from the eastern Beaufort Sea population. Earlier genetic
investigations and recent telemetry studies show that the spring
migration of eastern Beaufort whales occurs earlier and through denser
sea ice than eastern Chukchi Sea belugas. The discovery that a few
individual whales found at some of these spring locations had a higher
likelihood of having eastern Chukchi Sea ancestry or being of mixed-
ancestry, indicates that the Bering Strait region is also an area where
the stock mix in spring. Citta et al. (2016) also observed that tagged
eastern Beaufort Sea whales migrated north in the spring through the
Bering Strait earlier than the eastern Chukchi belugas, so they had to
pass through the latter's primary wintering area. Therefore, the
eastern Chukchi stock is unlikely to be present in the action area at
any time in general, particularly during summer and fall, when most
beluga exposures would be anticipated for this project. However, we
conservatively assume that beluga whale takes during AGDC's project
could occur to either stock.
Most belugas recorded during aerial surveys conducted in the
Alaskan Beaufort Sea in the last two decades were found over 40 mi (65
km) from shore (Miller et al. 1999; Funk et al. 2008; Christie et al.
2010; Clarke and Ferguson 2010; Brandon et al. 2011). ASAMM 2016
surveys reported belugas along the continental slope with few sightings
nearshore in the western Beaufort Sea, and Clarke et al. (2017)
reported that distribution was similar to that documented in previous
years with light sea ice cover.
Surveys have recorded belugas close to shore and in the vicinity of
the activity area. Green and Negri (2005) reported small beluga groups
nearshore Cape Lonely (August 26) and in Smith Bay (September 4). Funk
et al. (2008) reported a group just offshore of the barrier islands
near Simpson Lagoon. Aerts et al. (2008) reported summer sightings of
three groups of eight animals inside the barrier islands near Prudhoe
Bay; and Lomac-MacNair (2014) recorded 15 beluga whales offshore of
Prudhoe Bay between July and August. While it is possible for belugas
to occur in the project area, nearshore sightings are unlikely.
Whales from both the Beaufort Sea and eastern Chukchi Sea stocks
overwinter in the Bering Sea. Belugas of the eastern Chukchi may winter
in offshore, although relatively shallow, waters of the western Bering
Sea (Richard et al., 2001), and the Beaufort Sea stock may winter in
more nearshore waters of the northern Bering Sea (R. Suydam, pers.
comm. 2012c).
Clarke et al., (2015) identified two biologically important areas
(BIAs) for beluga whales in the U.S. Arctic region. Both the spring
(April-May) and fall (September-October) migratory corridor BIAs for
belugas are far offshore from the behavioral disturbance zones for the
project.
In summary, we expect that beluga whales from either the Beaufort
Sea or Chukchi Sea stock may occur within the project area during the
open water season. We would not expect belugas to be present during
AGDC's winter/spring contingency pile driving period.
Ringed Seal
Ringed seals are one of the most common marine mammals in the
Beaufort, Chukchi, and Bering Seas, with the Alaska stock estimated at
a minimum of 249,000 animals (Allen and Angliss 2011). Ringed seals
rely on the sea ice for key life history functions and remain
associated with the ice most of the year. They are well adapted to
inhabiting both shorefast and pack ice, and diminishing sea ice and
snow resulting from climate change is the primary concern for this
population. The ice provides a platform for pupping and nursing in late
winter and early spring, for molting in late spring to early summer,
and for resting during other times of the year. When sea ice is at its
maximal extent during the winter and early spring in Alaska waters,
ringed seal numbers are high in the northern Bering Sea, and throughout
the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas. The species is generally not abundant
south of Norton Sound, but animals have occurred as far south as
Bristol Bay in years of extensive ice coverage (Muto et al. 2018).
Seasonal movements have not been thoroughly documented; however,
most ringed seals that overwinter in the Bering and Chukchi seas are
thought to migrate north as the ice retreats in the spring. During the
summer, ringed seals feed in the pack ice of the northern Chukchi and
Beaufort seas, and in nearshore ice remnants of the Beaufort Sea. As
the ice advances with freeze-up in the fall, many seals move west and
south and disperse throughout the Chukchi and Bering seas while some
remain in the Beaufort Sea (Muto et al. 2018).
Frost et al. (2004) conducted aerial surveys over the Beaufort Sea
coast from Utqia[gdot]vik to Kaktovik and determined that ringed seal
density was greatest in water depths between 16 and 115 ft. (5 and 35
m), and in relatively flat ice close to the fast ice edge. Aerial
surveys conducted in association with construction near the Northstar
facility found ringed seal densities ranged from 0.39 to 0.83 seals per
km\2\ (Moulton et al. 2005).
Historically, ringed seal occurrence in or near the activity area
has been minimal, and large concentrations of seals are not expected
near West Dock during project operations. However, ringed seals may
occur in the project area during the open-water season or during AGDC's
winter/spring contingency period.
Spotted Seal
The Alaska stock of spotted seals are found along the continental
shelf of the Bering, Chukchi, and Beaufort Seas. During the late fall
through spring, when seals are hauled out on sea ice, whelping,
nursing, breeding, and molting occurs. After the sea ice has melted,
most spotted seals haul out on land in the summer and fall (Boveng et
al. 2009). Pupping occurs along the Bering Sea ice front during March
and April, followed by mating and molting in May and June (Quakenbush
1988). During the summer, the seals follow the retreating ice north
into the Chukchi and Beaufort seas, and haul out on lagoon and river
delta beaches during the open water period. The migration back to the
Bering Sea wintering grounds begins with sea ice advancement, usually
in October (Lowry et al. 1998).
Spotted seals were recorded during barging activities between
Prudhoe Bay and Cape Simpson from 2005-2007 (Green and Negri 2005,
2006; Green et al. 2007). Between 23 and 54 seals were observed
annually, with the peak distributions found off the Colville and Piasuk
rivers. Savarese et al. (2010) surveyed the central Beaufort Sea from
2006 to 2008 and recorded greater numbers of animals, with 59 to 125
spotted seals observed annually. Lomac-MacNair et al. (2014) observed
37 spotted seals in Prudhoe Bay (and another 39 that were either
spotted or ringed seals), including several in the immediate vicinity
of West Dock, while monitoring July-August seismic activity.
Sighting data indicate that spotted seals could be present in the
project area during the summer months, however,
[[Page 43390]]
we do not expect spotted seals to occur in the project area during
AGDC's contingency period.
Bearded Seal
The Alaska stock of bearded seals occur seasonally in the shallow
shelf waters of the Beaufort, Chukchi, and Bering Seas (Cameron et al.
2010). Bearded seals are closely associated with ice and their
migration coincides with the sea ice retreat and advancement. Some
seals are found in the Beaufort Sea year-round; however, most prefer to
winter in the Bering Sea and summer in areas with high ice coverage
(70-90 percent) in the Chukchi and Beaufort seas (Simpkins et al. 2003;
Bengston et al. 2005). The stock feeds primarily on benthic organisms
and demersal fishes, and is therefore, closely linked to shallow waters
that are less than 656 ft. (200 m) where they can reach the seafloor to
forage (Muto et al. 2018).
Aerial surveys conducted in the Beaufort Sea indicated that bearded
seals preferred water depths between 82-246 ft (25-75 m) and areas of
open ice cover (Cameron et al. 2010). ASAMM commonly observe bearded
seals offshore in the Beaufort Sea; however, no sightings have been
observed in the West Dock activity area. Based on bearded seal water
depth and ice coverage preferences, survey observations in the Prudhoe
Bay region, and the normal level of ongoing industrial activity in the
project area, only very small numbers of bearded seals are expected
near the project area.
Critical habitat has not been designated for the bearded seal (Muto
et al. 2018).
In summary, bearded seals may occur in the project area during the
open water season. Bearded seals could potentially occur in the project
area during AGDC's winter/spring contingency period, however, we would
expect very few, if any, bearded seals to be present during this time.
Unusual Mortality Events (UME)
A UME is defined under the MMPA as a stranding that is unexpected;
involves a significant die-off of any marine mammal population; and
demands immediate response. Currently, there are ongoing UME
investigations in Alaska involving gray whales and ice seals.
Since January 1, 2019, elevated gray whale strandings have occurred
along the west coast of North America from Mexico through Alaska. This
event has been declared an Unusual Mortality Event (UME), though a
cause has not yet been determined. More information is available at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2019-2020-gray-whale-unusual-mortality-event-along-west-coast.
Since June 1, 2018, elevated ice seal strandings have occurred in
the Bering and Chukchi seas in Alaska. This event has been declared an
Unusual Mortality Event (UME), though a cause has not yet been
determined. More information is available at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-life-distress/2018-2020-ice-seal-unusual-mortality-event-alaska.
Marine Mammal Hearing
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals
underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious
effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to
sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine
mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine
mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (e.g., Richardson et
al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect
this, Southall et al. (2007) recommended that marine mammals be divided
into functional hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated
hearing ranges on the basis of available behavioral response data,
audiograms derived using auditory evoked potential techniques,
anatomical modeling, and other data. Note that no direct measurements
of hearing ability have been successfully completed for mysticetes
(i.e., low-frequency cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2018) described
generalized hearing ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups.
Generalized hearing ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65
decibel (dB) threshold from the normalized composite audiograms, with
the exception for lower limits for low-frequency cetaceans where the
lower bound was deemed to be biologically implausible and the lower
bound from Southall et al. (2007) retained. Marine mammal hearing
groups and their associated hearing ranges are provided in Table 6.
Table 6--Marine Mammal Hearing Groups
[NMFS, 2018]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hearing group Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen 7 Hz to 35 kHz.
whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans 150 Hz to 160 kHz.
(dolphins, toothed whales, beaked
whales, bottlenose whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true 275 Hz to 160 kHz.
porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus
cruciger & L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) 50 Hz to 86 kHz.
(true seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) 60 Hz to 39 kHz.
(sea lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
cetaceans (Southall et al. 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall et
al. (2007) on the basis of data indicating that phocid species (which
include ringed, spotted, and bearded seals) have consistently
demonstrated an extended frequency range of hearing compared to
otariids, especially in the higher frequency range (Hemil[auml] et al.,
2006; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth and Holt, 2013).
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency
ranges, please see NMFS (2018) for a review of available information.
As noted above, six marine mammal species (three cetacean and three
phocid pinniped species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with
the proposed survey activities. Please refer to Table 5. Of the
cetacean species that may be present, two are classified as low-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., gray whale and bowhead whale) and one is
classified as a mid-frequency cetacean (i.e., beluga whale).
[[Page 43391]]
Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their
Habitat
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and
their habitat. The Estimated Take section later in this document
includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are
expected to be taken by this activity. The Negligible Impact Analysis
and Determination section considers the content of this section, the
Estimated Take section, and the Proposed Mitigation section, to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or
stocks.
Description of Sound Sources
The marine soundscape is comprised of both ambient and
anthropogenic sounds. Ambient sound is defined as the all-encompassing
sound in a given place and is usually a composite of sound from many
sources both near and far. The sound level of an area is defined by the
total acoustical energy being generated by known and unknown sources.
These sources may include physical (e.g., waves, wind, precipitation,
earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., sounds produced
by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and anthropogenic sound
(e.g., vessels, dredging, aircraft, construction). The sum of the
various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at any given location
and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or ``background'' sound--depends
not only on the source levels (as determined by current weather
conditions and levels of biological and shipping activity) but also on
the ability of sound to propagate through the environment. In turn,
sound propagation is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying
properties of the water column and sea floor, and is frequency-
dependent. As a result of the dependence on a large number of varying
factors, ambient sound levels can be expected to vary widely over both
coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given
frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB from day to day (Richardson
et al., 1995). The result is that, depending on the source type and its
intensity, sound from the specified activity may be a negligible
addition to the local environment or could form a distinctive signal
that may affect marine mammals. In-water construction activities
associated with the project would include vibratory pile driving and
removal and impact pile driving. The sounds produced by these
activities fall into one of two general sound types: Impulsive and non-
impulsive. Impulsive sounds (e.g., explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
impact pile driving) are typically transient, brief (less than one
second), broadband, and consist of high peak sound pressure with rapid
rise time and rapid decay (ANSI 1986; NIOSH 1998; ANSI 2005; NMFS,
2018). Non-impulsive sounds (e.g., aircraft, machinery operations such
as drilling or dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar
systems) can be broadband, narrowband or tonal, brief or prolonged
(continuous or intermittent), and typically do not have the high peak
sound pressure with raid rise/decay time that impulsive sounds do (ANSI
1995; NIOSH 1998; NMFS 2018). The distinction between these two sound
types is important because they have differing potential to cause
physical effects, particularly with regard to hearing (e.g., Ward 1997
in Southall et al., 2007).
Two types of pile hammers would be used on this project: Impact and
vibratory. Impact hammers operate by repeatedly dropping a heavy piston
onto a pile to drive the pile into the substrate. Sound generated by
impact hammers is characterized by rapid rise times and high peak
levels, a potentially injurious combination (Hastings and Popper,
2005). Vibratory hammers install piles by vibrating them and allowing
the weight of the hammer to push them into the sediment. Vibratory
hammers produce significantly less sound than impact hammers. Peak
sound pressure levels (SPLs) may be 180 dB or greater, but are
generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs generated during impact pile
driving of the same-sized pile (Oestman et al., 2009). Rise time is
slower, reducing the probability and severity of injury, and sound
energy is distributed over a greater amount of time (Nedwell and
Edwards 2002; Carlson et al., 2005).
The likely or possible impacts of AGDC's proposed activity on
marine mammals could involve both non-acoustic and acoustic stressors.
Potential non-acoustic stressors could result from the physical
presence of the equipment and personnel; however, any impacts to marine
mammals are expected to primarily be acoustic in nature. Acoustic
stressors include effects of heavy equipment operation during pile
installation and removal.
Acoustic Impacts
The introduction of anthropogenic noise into the aquatic
environment from pile driving and removal is the primary means by which
marine mammals may be harassed from AGDC's specified activity. Animals
exposed to natural or anthropogenic sound may experience physical and
psychological effects, ranging in magnitude from none to severe
(Southall et al., 2007). In general, exposure to pile driving and
removal noise has the potential to result in auditory threshold shifts
and behavioral reactions (e.g., avoidance, temporary cessation of
foraging and vocalizing, changes in dive behavior). Exposure to
anthropogenic noise can also lead to non-observable physiological
responses such as an increase in stress hormones. Additional noise in a
marine mammal's habitat can mask acoustic cues used by marine mammals
to carry out daily functions such as communication and predator and
prey detection. The effects of pile driving and removal noise on marine
mammals are dependent on several factors, including, but not limited
to, sound type (e.g., impulsive vs. non-impulsive), the species, age
and sex class (e.g., adult male vs. mom with calf), duration of
exposure, the distance between the pile and the animal, received
levels, behavior at time of exposure, and previous history with
exposure (Wartzok et al., 2004; Southall et al., 2007). Here we discuss
physical auditory effects (threshold shifts) followed by behavioral
effects and potential impacts on habitat. NMFS defines a noise-induced
threshold shift (TS) as a change, usually an increase, in the threshold
of audibility at a specified frequency or portion of an individual's
hearing range above a previously established reference level (NMFS
2018). The amount of threshold shift is customarily expressed in dB. A
TS can be permanent or temporary. As described in NMFS (2018), there
are numerous factors to consider when examining the consequence of TS,
including, but not limited to, the signal temporal pattern (e.g.,
impulsive or non-impulsive), likelihood an individual would be exposed
for a long enough duration or to a high enough level to induce a TS,
the magnitude of the TS, time to recovery (seconds to minutes or hours
to days), the frequency range of the exposure (i.e., spectral content),
the hearing and vocalization frequency range of the exposed species
relative to the signal's frequency spectrum (i.e., how an animal uses
sound within the frequency band of the signal; e.g., Kastelein et al.,
2014), and the overlap between the animal and the source (e.g.,
spatial, temporal, and spectral).
Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS)--NMFS defines PTS as a permanent,
[[Page 43392]]
irreversible increase in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level (NMFS, 2018). Available data
from humans and other terrestrial mammals indicate that a 40 dB
threshold shift approximates PTS onset (see Ward et al., 1958, 1959;
Ward 1960; Kryter et al., 1966; Miller 1974; Ahroon et al., 1996;
Henderson et al., 2008). PTS levels for marine mammals are estimates;
with the exception of a single study unintentionally inducing PTS in a
harbor seal (Phoca vitulina) (Kastak et al., 2008), there are no
empirical data measuring PTS in marine mammals largely due to the fact
that, for various ethical reasons, experiments involving anthropogenic
noise exposure at levels inducing PTS are not typically pursued or
authorized (NMFS 2018).
Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS)--NMFS defines TTS as a temporary,
reversible increase in the threshold of audibility at a specified
frequency or portion of an individual's hearing range above a
previously established reference level (NMFS, 2018). Based on data from
cetacean TTS measurements (see Southall et al., 2007), a TTS of 6 dB is
considered the minimum threshold shift clearly larger than any day-to-
day or session-to-session variation in a subject's normal hearing
ability (Schlundt et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2000, 2002). As
described in Finneran (2015), marine mammal studies have shown the
amount of TTS increases with cumulative sound exposure level (SELcum)
in an accelerating fashion: At low exposures with lower SELcum, the
amount of TTS is typically small and the growth curves have shallow
slopes. At exposures with higher SELcum, the growth curves become
steeper and approach linear relationships with the noise SEL.
Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration
(i.e., recovery time), and frequency range of TTS, and the context in
which it is experienced, TTS can have effects on marine mammals ranging
from discountable to serious (similar to those discussed in auditory
masking, below). For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily
compensate for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-
critical frequency range that takes place during a time when the animal
is traveling through the open ocean, where ambient noise is lower and
there are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could
have more serious impacts. We note that reduced hearing sensitivity as
a simple function of aging has been observed in marine mammals, as well
as humans and other taxa (Southall et al., 2007), so we can infer that
strategies exist for coping with this condition to some degree, though
likely not without cost.
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans
(bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), beluga whale, harbor
porpoise, and Yangtze finless porpoise (Neophocoena asiaeorientalis))
and five species of pinnipeds exposed to a limited number of sound
sources (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory
settings (Finneran 2015). TTS was not observed in trained spotted and
ringed seals exposed to impulsive noise at levels matching previous
predictions of TTS onset (Reichmuth et al., 2016). In general, harbor
seals and harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other measured
pinniped or cetacean species (Finneran 2015). Additionally, the
existing marine mammal TTS data come from a limited number of
individuals within these species. No data are available on noise-
induced hearing loss for mysticetes. For summaries of data on TTS in
marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset thresholds,
please see Southall et al., (2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),
Finneran (2015), and Table 5 in NMFS (2018). Installing piles requires
vibratory and impact pile driving in this project. There would likely
be pauses in activities producing the sound during each day. Given
these pauses and that many marine mammals are likely moving through the
ensonified area and not remaining for extended periods of time, the
potential for TS declines.
Behavioral Harassment--Exposure to noise from pile driving and
removal also has the potential to behaviorally disturb marine mammals.
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater sound;
therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given sound
in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving the
signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater sound by
changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts of the
change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let alone the
stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces marine
mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a prolonged
period, impacts on individuals and populations could be significant
(e.g., Lusseau and Bejder 2007; Weilgart 2007; NRC 2005).
Disturbance may result in changing durations of surfacing and
dives, number of blows per surfacing, or moving direction and/or speed;
reduced/increased vocal activities; changing/cessation of certain
behavioral activities (such as socializing or feeding); visible startle
response or aggressive behavior (such as tail/fluke slapping or jaw
clapping); avoidance of areas where sound sources are located.
Pinnipeds may increase their haul out time, possibly to avoid in-water
disturbance (Thorson and Reyff 2006). Behavioral responses to sound are
highly variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on
numerous intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of
maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory
sensitivity, time of day), as well as the interplay between factors
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al.,
2007; Weilgart 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can
vary not only among individuals but also within an individual,
depending on previous experience with a sound source, context, and
numerous other factors (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending
on characteristics associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it
is moving or stationary, number of sources, distance from the source).
In general, pinnipeds seem more tolerant of, or at least habituate more
quickly to, potentially disturbing underwater sound than do cetaceans,
and generally seem to be less responsive to exposure to industrial
sound than most cetaceans. Please see Appendices B-C of Southall et
al., (2007) for a review of studies involving marine mammal behavioral
responses to sound. Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to
correlate with anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred
by observed displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of
secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes
in dive behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the
frequency, duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as
well as differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing
factors to differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g.,
Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al., 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko
et al., 2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur
fitness consequences would require information on or estimates of the
energetic requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship
between prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life
history stage of the animal.
[[Page 43393]]
Stress responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses,
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle 1950; Moberg
2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most economical
(in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral avoidance of the
potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses to stress
typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an
animal's fitness. Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the
hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine
functions that are affected by stress--including immune competence,
reproduction, metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary
hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones
have been implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism,
reduced immune competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg,
1987; Blecha, 2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids
are also equated with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response,
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves
sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well studied through
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003;
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000;
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales
(Eubalaena glacialis). These and other studies lead to a reasonable
expectation that some marine mammals will experience physiological
stress responses upon exposure to acoustic stressors and that it is
possible that some of these would be classified as ``distress.'' In
addition, any animal experiencing TTS would likely also experience
stress responses (NRC, 2003); however, distress is an unlikely result
of this project based on observations of marine mammals during
previous, similar projects in the area.
Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or interfering
with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or discriminate between
acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for intraspecific
communication and social interactions, prey detection, predator
avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995). Masking occurs when
the receipt of a sound is interfered with by another coincident sound
at similar frequencies and at similar or higher intensity, and may
occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp, wind, waves,
precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., pile driving, shipping, sonar,
seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise source to mask
biologically important sounds depends on the characteristics of both
the noise source and the signal of interest (e.g., signal-to-noise
ratio, temporal variability, direction), in relation to each other and
to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency range,
critical ratios, frequency discrimination, directional discrimination,
age or TTS hearing loss), and existing ambient noise and propagation
conditions. Masking of natural sounds can result when human activities
produce high levels of background sound at frequencies important to
marine mammals. Conversely, if the background level of underwater sound
is high (e.g. on a day with strong wind and high waves), an
anthropogenic sound source would not be detectable as far away as would
be possible under quieter conditions and would itself be masked.
Airborne Acoustic Effects--We do not expect harassment as a result
of airborne sound, as there are no haul out sites near West Dock during
the open water season. If AGDC must work during their contingency
period, they will begin pile driving prior to March 1 (see Proposed
Mitigation), so we would not expect ringed seals to build their lairs
close enough to the project site to be taken by in-air sound during the
contingency period. Therefore, we do not believe that authorization of
incidental take resulting from airborne sound is warranted, and
airborne sound is not discussed further here.
Marine Mammal Habitat Effects
AGDC's construction activities could have localized, temporary
impacts on marine mammal habitat by increasing in-water sound pressure
levels, disturbing benthic habitat, and increased turbidity.
Construction activities are of short duration and would likely have
temporary impacts on marine mammal habitat through increases in
underwater sound. Increased noise levels may affect acoustic habitat
(see masking discussion above) and adversely affect marine mammal prey
in the vicinity of the project area (see discussion below). During
vibratory pile driving, elevated levels of underwater noise would
ensonify the area where both fish and mammals may occur and could
affect foraging success. Additionally, marine mammals may avoid the
area during construction; any displacement due to noise is expected to
be temporary and is not expected to result in long-term effects to the
individuals or populations.
Additionally, winter construction activities, including through-ice
surveying and through-ice grading could potentially disturb ice
habitat, as ice will be cut and removed to facilitate grading the
seafloor. Work is expected to begin immediately after the ice becomes
grounded, which typically occurs in the work area on or before February
1. These activities could affect available ringed seal habitat,
however, ringed seal density is low in areas with water depths less
than 10 feet (3 meters; Moulton et al. 2005), and the grounded ice
conditions suitable for construction activities are not preferred
habitat for ringed seals. Additionally, winter construction activities
would begin prior to March 1, further reducing the potential for
disturbance to ringed seal birth lairs.
In-Water Construction Effects on Potential Foraging Habitat
Potential prey (i.e., fish) may avoid the immediate area due to the
temporary loss of this foraging habitat during pile driving activities.
The duration of fish avoidance of this area after pile driving stops is
unknown, but we anticipate a rapid return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior. Any behavioral avoidance by fish of the
disturbed area would still leave large areas of fish and marine mammal
foraging habitat in the nearby vicinity.
[[Page 43394]]
Additionally, a small amount of seafloor habitat will be disturbed
as a result of pile driving, gravel deposition, screeding, and other
seabed preparation. Benthic infauna abundance and diversity are very
low in this area, likely due to the shallow water depth (<16 feet [5
meter]), run-off from adjacent rivers, and ice related stress (Carey et
al. 1984). Freezing and thawing sea ice and river runoff during the
summer melting season significantly affect the coastal water mass
characteristics and decrease the salinity. River outflow and coastal
erosion also transport significant amounts of suspended sediments (BPXA
2009). Sea ice pressure ridges scour and gouge the seafloor and move
sediments, creating natural, seasonal disruptions of the seafloor.
These factors result in a less than favorable habitat for benthic
organisms in the activity area. Bottom disturbance is a natural and
frequent occurrence in this nearshore region resulting in benthic
communities with patchy distributions (Carey et al. 1984). Given the
low nearshore densities of benthic prey items, we do not expect
screeding, pile driving, or related construction activities to have
significant impacts on marine mammal foraging habitat. Additionally,
installation of the new DH4 and barge bridge abutments will cover the
associated seafloor; however, the total seafloor area affected from
installing the structures is a very small area compared to the vast
foraging area available to marine mammals in the Beaufort Sea,
particularly given the limited prey expected to be in the West Dock
area.
In addition to ensonification and seafloor disturbance, a temporary
and localized increase in turbidity near the seafloor would occur in
the immediate area surrounding the area where piles are installed and
removed, and where screeding and seabed preparation will take place.
The screeding process redistributes seabed materials to create a flat
even seafloor surface without the need for excavation or disposal of
materials. Screeding would occur each summer immediately prior to the
arrival of the first cargo barge, and would likely increase turbidity
in the immediate area around West Dock. Turbidity and sedimentation
rates are naturally high in this region due to ice scouring and gouging
of the seafloor and significant amounts of suspended sediments from
river outflow and coastal erosion. Therefore, the additional turbidity
resulting from screeding activities is not anticipated to have a
significant impact. The sediments on the sea floor will also be
disturbed during pile driving; however, like during screeding, sediment
suspension will be brief and localized and is unlikely to measurably
affect marine mammals or their prey in the area. In general, turbidity
associated with pile installation is localized to about a 25-ft radius
around the pile (Everitt et al., 1980). Cetaceans are not expected to
be close enough to the project pile driving areas to experience effects
of turbidity, and any pinnipeds are able to easily avoid localized
areas of turbidity. Therefore, the impact from increased turbidity
levels is expected to be discountable to marine mammals. Furthermore,
pile driving and removal at the project site would not obstruct
movements or migration of marine mammals.
Impacts to potential foraging habitat are expected to be temporary
and minimal based on the short duration of activities.
In-Water Construction Effects on Potential Prey
Numerous fish and invertebrate species occur in Prudhoe Bay and the
Beaufort Sea, and could be affected by the construction activities that
would produce continuous (i.e., vibratory pile driving) and impulsive
(i.e., impact pile driving) sounds. Fish react to sounds that are
especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds. Short
duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pile
driving on fish, although several are based on studies in support of
large, multiyear bridge construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan
2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings 2009). Sound pulses at received levels
of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may
cause noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et
al., 1992). SPLs of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury
to fish and fish mortality.
The most likely impact to fish from pile driving activities at the
project site would be temporary behavioral avoidance of the area. The
duration of fish avoidance of this area after pile driving stops is
unknown, but as noted above, a rapid return to normal recruitment,
distribution and behavior is anticipated.
Popper and Hastings (2009) reviewed information on the effects of
pile driving and concluded that there are no substantive data on
whether the high sound levels from pile driving or any man-made sound
would have physiological effects on invertebrates. Any such effects
would presumably be limited to the area very near (3-16 ft. [1-5 m])
the sound source and would result in no population effects due to the
relatively small area affected at any one time and the reproductive
strategy of most zooplankton species (short generation, high fecundity,
and very high natural mortality). No adverse impact on zooplankton
populations would be expected to occur from these activities, due in
part to large reproductive capacities and naturally high levels of
predation and mortality of these populations. Any mortalities or
impacts that might occur would be expected to be negligible compared to
the naturally occurring high reproductive and mortality rates.
As noted above, due to the limited presence of benthic
invertebrates in the West Dock area, we do not expect screeding and
seafloor preparation activities to result in a significant loss of
benthic prey availability, particularly in comparison to the vast
foraging area available to marine mammals in the Beaufort Sea.
In summary, given the short daily duration of sound associated with
individual pile driving events and the relatively small areas being
affected, pile driving activities associated with the proposed action
are not likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish or
invertebrate habitat, or populations of fish or invertebrate species.
Thus, we conclude that impacts of the specified activity are not likely
to have more than short-term adverse effects on any prey habitat or
populations of prey species. Further, any impacts to marine mammal
habitat are not expected to result in significant or long-term
consequences for individual marine mammals, or to contribute to adverse
impacts on their populations.
Estimated Take
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both
NMFS' consideration of ``small numbers'' and the negligible impact
determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance, which (i) has the potential to injure a
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment);
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
including, but
[[Page 43395]]
not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as use
of the acoustic source (i.e., vibratory and impact pile driving) has
the potential to result in disruption of behavioral patterns for
individual marine mammals. There is also some potential for auditory
injury (Level A harassment) to result, primarily for phocids, due to
their lack of visibility and the size of the Level A harassment zones.
Auditory injury is unlikely to occur to cetaceans. The proposed
mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize the
severity of the taking to the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is
estimated.
Generally speaking, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic
thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science
indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some
degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water
that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or
occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4)
and the number of days of activities. We note that while these basic
factors can contribute to a basic calculation to provide an initial
prediction of takes, additional information that can qualitatively
inform take estimates is also sometimes available (e.g., previous
monitoring results or average group size). Below, we describe the
factors considered here in more detail and present the proposed take
estimate.
Acoustic Thresholds
NMFS recommends the use of acoustic thresholds that identify the
received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals
would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to
Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A
harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources--Though significantly
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability,
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007,
Ellison et al., 2012). Based on what the available science indicates
and the practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is
both predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a
generalized acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the
onset of behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are
likely to be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider Level B
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for continuous (e.g.,
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources.
AGDC's construction activity includes the use of continuous
(vibratory pile driving) and impulsive (impact pile driving) sources,
and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) are applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources--NMFS' Technical
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
Mammal Hearing (Version 2.0) (Technical Guidance, 2018) identifies dual
criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five
different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a
result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources
(impulsive or non-impulsive). AGDC's construction activity includes the
use of impulsive (impact pile driving) and non-impulsive (vibratory
pile driving) sources.
These thresholds are provided in the table below. The references,
analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are
described in NMFS 2018 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at
https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/marine-mammal-acoustic-technical-guidance.
Table 7--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PTS onset acoustic thresholds * (received level)
Hearing group ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive Non-impulsive
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans........... Cell 1: Lpk,flat: 219 dB; Cell 2: LE,LF,24h: 199 dB.
LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans........... Cell 3: Lpk,flat: 230 dB; Cell 4: LE,MF,24h: 198 dB.
LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans.......... Cell 5: Lpk,flat: 202 dB; Cell 6: LE,HF,24h: 173 dB.
LE,HF,24h: 155 dB.
Phocid Pinnipeds (PW) (Underwater)..... Cell 7: Lpk,flat: 218 dB; Cell 8: LE,PW,24h: 201 dB.
LE,PW,24h: 185 dB.
Otariid Pinnipeds (OW) (Underwater).... Cell 9: Lpk,flat: 232 dB; Cell 10: LE,OW,24h: 219 dB.
LE,OW,24h: 203 dB.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for
calculating PTS onset. If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level
thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [micro]Pa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE)
has a reference value of 1[micro]Pa\2\s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American
National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as
incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript
``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the
generalized hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates
the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could
be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible,
it is valuable for action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
exceeded.
Ensonified Area
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the
activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the
acoustic thresholds, which include source levels and transmission loss
coefficient.
The sound field in the project area is the existing background
noise plus additional construction noise from the proposed project.
Marine mammals are expected to be affected via sound generated by the
primary components of the project (i.e., vibratory pile driving and
removal). The maximum (underwater) area ensonified above the
[[Page 43396]]
thresholds for behavioral harassment referenced above is 67.7km\2\
(26.1mi\2\), and the calculated distance to the farthest behavioral
isopleth is approximately 4.6km (2.9mi).
The project includes vibratory pile installation and removal and
impact pile installation. Source levels for these activities are based
on reviews of measurements of the same or similar types and dimensions
of piles available in the literature. Source levels for each pile size
and activity are presented in Table 8. Source levels for vibratory
installation and removal of piles of the same diameter are assumed to
be the same.
Table 8--Sound Source Levels for Pile Driving
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source level (at 10m)
Pile size and type Hammer type ------------------------------------------------ Literature
SPLrms Peak SEL source
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5-inch H-Pile............. Impact.......... 183 200 170 Caltrans 2015
(12-in H-
Pile).
14-inch H-Pile............... Impact.......... 187 208 177 Caltrans 2015
(14-in H-
Pile).
Vibratory....... 150 160 150 Caltrans 2015
(12-in H-
Pile).
48-inch Pipe Pile............ Impact.......... 195 210 185 Caltrans 2015
(60-in CISS
Pile).
Sheet Piles (19.69-inch and Vibratory....... 160 175 160 Caltrans 2015
25-inch). (AZ Sheet
Pile).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease in acoustic intensity as an
acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a source. TL parameters vary
with frequency, temperature, sea conditions, current, source and
receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and bottom composition
and topography. The general formula for underwater TL is:
TL = B * Log10 (R1/R2),
where
TL = transmission loss in dB
B = transmission loss coefficient
R1 = the distance of the modeled SPL from the driven pile, and
R2 = the distance from the driven pile of the initial measurement
Absent site-specific acoustical monitoring with differing measured
transmission loss, a practical spreading value of 15 is used as the
transmission loss coefficient in the above formula. Project and site-
specific transmission loss data for the Prudhoe Bay portion of AGDC's
AK LNG project are not available; therefore, the default coefficient of
15 is used to determine the distances to the Level A and Level B
harassment thresholds.
When the NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in
recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more
technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in
the new thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that includes tools
to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with
marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that
because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for
these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going
to be overestimates of some degree, which may result in some degree of
overestimate of Level A harassment take. However, these tools offer the
best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D
modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways
to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address
the output where appropriate. For stationary sources such as pile
driving, NMFS User Spreadsheet predicts the distance at which, if a
marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration of the
activity, it would incur PTS. Inputs used in the User Spreadsheet, and
the resulting isopleths are reported below.
Table 9--User Spreadsheet Input Parameters Used for Calculating Level A Harassment Isopleths
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.69-inch sheet 25-inch sheet
11.5-inch H-pile 14-inch H-pile 14-inch H-pile 48-inch pipe pile piles piles
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spreadsheet Tab Used............ E.1) Impact pile E.1) Impact pile A.1) Vibratory E.1) Impact pile A.1) Vibratory A.1) Vibratory
driving. driving. pile driving. driving. pile driving. pile driving
Weighting Factor Adjustment 2................. 2................. 2.5............... 2................. 2.5............... 2.5
(kHz).
Source Level.................... 170 dB SEL........ 177 dB SEL........ 150 SPLrms........ 185 dB SEL........ 160 SPLrms........ 160 SPLrms
Number of piles within 24-h 26.09 \b\......... 4................. 8................. 1.25.............. 15.24 \b\......... 12
period \a\.
Duration to drive a single pile .................. .................. 15................ .................. 18.9.............. 24
(minutes).
Number of strikes per pile...... 1,000............. 1,000............. .................. 1,000............. .................. ..................
Propagation (xLogR)............. 15................ 15................ 15................ 15................ 15................ 15
Distance from source level 10................ 10................ 10................ 10................ 10................ 10
measurement (meters).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ These estimates include contingencies for weather, equipment, work flow, and other factors that affect the number of piles per day, and are assumed
to be a maximum anticipated per day. Given that AGDC plans to pile drive up to 24 hours per day, it is appropriate to assume that the number of piles
installed within the 24-hour period may not be a whole number.
\b\ These averages assume that AGDC will drive 11.5-inch H-piles and sheet piles at a rate of 25 feet per day.
[[Page 43397]]
Table 10--Calculated Distances to Level A and Level B Harassment Isopleths
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment zone (m) Level B
Activity Hammer type ------------------------------------------------ harassment
LF cetaceans MF cetaceans Phocids zone (m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5-inch H-Pile.............. Impact.......... 1,194 43 639 341
14-inch H-Pile................ Impact.......... 1,002 36 536 631
Vibratory....... 2 <1 1 1,000
48-inch Pipe Pile............. Impact.......... 1,575 56 843 2,154
19.69-inch Sheet Piles........ Vibratory....... 17 2 10 4,642
25-inch Sheet Piles........... Vibratory....... 17 2 10 4,642
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment zones are typically smaller than Level B
harassment zones. However, in rare cases such as the impact pile
driving of the 11.5-inch and 14-inch H-piles in AGDC's project, the
calculated Level A harassment isopleth is greater than the calculated
Level B harassment isopleth. Calculation of Level A harassment
isopleths include a duration component, which in the case of impact
pile driving, is estimated through the total number of daily strikes
and the associated pulse duration. For a stationary sound source such
as impact pile driving, we assume here that an animal is exposed to all
of the strikes expected within a 24-hour period. Calculation of a Level
B harassment zone does not include a duration component. Depending on
the duration included in the calculation, the calculated Level A
harassment isopleths can be larger than the calculated Level B
harassment isopleth for the same activity.
Marine Mammal Occurrence
In this section we provide the information about the presence,
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take
calculations.
Each fall and summer, NMFS and BOEM conduct an aerial survey in the
Arctic, the ASAMM surveys (Clarke et al., 2012, 2013a, 2014, 2015,
2017a, 2017b, 2018, 2019). The goal of these surveys is to document the
distribution and relative abundance of bowhead, gray, right, fin and
beluga whales and other marine mammals in areas of potential oil and
natural gas exploration, development, and production activities in the
Alaskan Beaufort and northeastern Chukchi Seas. Traditionally, only
fall surveys were conducted but, in 2011, the first dedicated summer
survey effort began in the ASAMM Beaufort Sea study area. AGDC used
these ASAMM surveys as the data source to estimate seasonal densities
of cetaceans (bowhead, gray and beluga whales) in the project area. The
ASAMM surveys are conducted within blocks that overlay the Beaufort and
Chukchi Seas oil and gas lease sale areas offshore of Alaska (Figure 16
in AGDC's application), and provide sighting data for bowhead, gray,
and beluga whales during summer and fall months. During the summer and
fall, NMFS observed for marine mammals on effort for 13,484 km and
12,846 km, respectively, from 2011 through 2018. Data from those
surveys are used for this analysis. We note that the proposed Prudhoe
Bay portion of the AK LNG project is in ASAMM survey block 1; the
inshore boundary of this block terminates at the McClure Island group.
It was not until 2016 that on-effort surveys began inside the McClure
Island group (including Prudhoe Bay) since bowhead whales, the focus of
the surveys, are not likely to enter this area, given its shallow
depth. However, no bowheads and only one beluga whale have been
observed in block 1a (including Prudhoe Bay). Therefore, the density
estimates provided here are an overestimate because they rely on
offshore surveys where marine mammals are more likely to be present.
Bowhead Whale
AGDC calculated density estimates for bowhead whale by dividing the
average number of whales observed per km of transect effort in ASAMM
Block 1 (whales/km in Table 11) by two times the effective strip width
(ESW) to encompass both sides of the transect line (whales per km/(2 x
ESW). The ESW for bowhead whales from the Aero Commander aircraft is
1.15 km (0.71 mi) (Ferguson and Clarke 2013). Therefore, the summer
density estimate is 0.005 bowhead whales/km\2\, and the fall density
estimate is 0.017 bowhead whales/km\2\. The resulting densities are
expected to be overestimates for the AK LNG analysis because the data
is based on sighting effort outside of the barrier islands, and bowhead
whales rarely occur within the barrier islands. However, AGDC
conservatively used the higher fall density to estimate potential Level
B harassment takes.
As noted in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of
Specified Activities section, we do not expect bowhead whales to be
present during AGDC's winter/spring contingency pile driving period.
Table 11--Bowhead Whale Sighting Data From 2011 Through 2018 and Resulting Densities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summer Fall
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year Number of Number of
whales Transect Whales/km Whales/km\2\ whales Transect Whales/km Whales/
sighted effort (km) \a\ sighted effort (km) km\2\ \a\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011........................................... 1 346 0.003 0.001 24 1,130 0.021 0.009
2012........................................... 5 1,493 0.003 0.001 17 1,696 0.010 0.004
2013........................................... 21 1,582 0.013 0.006 21 1,121 0.019 0.008
2014........................................... 17 1,393 0.012 0.005 79 1,538 0.051 0.022
2015........................................... 15 1,262 0.012 0.005 17 1,663 0.010 0.004
2016........................................... 97 1,914 0.051 0.022 23 2,360 0.010 0.004
2017........................................... 8 3,003 0.003 0.001 255 1,803 0.141 0.061
2018........................................... 2 2,491 0.001 0.0004 69 1,535 0.045 0.020
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 43398]]
Total...................................... 166 13,484 \b\ 0.012 \b\ 0.005 505 12,846 \b\ 0.039 \b\ 0.017
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Calculated using an effective strip width of 1.15 km.
\b\ Value represents average, not total, across all years.
Gray Whale
Gray whale sightings in the Beaufort Sea have increased in recent
years, however, encounters are still infrequent. AGDC calculated
density estimates for gray whale by dividing the average number of
whales observed per km of transect effort (whales/km in Table 12) by
two times the ESW to encompass both sides of the transect line (whales
per km/(2 x ESW). The ESW for gray whales from the Aero Commander
aircraft is 1.20 km (0.75 mi) (Ferguson and Clarke 2013). Therefore,
the summer and fall density estimates are both 0.00003 gray whales/
km\2\. The resulting densities are expected to be overestimates for the
AK LNG analysis because the data is based on sighting effort outside of
the barrier islands, and gray whales rarely occur within the barrier
islands as evidenced by Block 1A ASAMM surveys.
As noted in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of
Specified Activities section, we do not expect gray whales to be
present during AGDC's winter/spring contingency pile driving period.
Table 12--Gray Whale Sighting Data From 2011 Through 2018 and Resulting Densities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summer Fall
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year Number of Number of
whales Transect Whales/km Whales/km\2\ whales Transect Whales/km Whales/
sighted effort (km) \a\ sighted effort (km) km\2\ \a\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2011........................................... 0 346 0 0 0 1,130 0 0
2012........................................... 0 1,493 0 0 0 1,696 0 0
2013........................................... 0 1,582 0 0 0 1,121 0 0
2014........................................... 0 1,393 0 0 1 1,538 0.0007 0.0003
2015........................................... 0 1,262 0 0 0 1,663 0 0
2016........................................... 1 1,914 0.003 0.001 0 2,360 0 0
2017........................................... 0 3,003 0 0 0 1,803 0 0
2018........................................... 0 2,491 0 0 0 1,535 0 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total...................................... 1 13,484 \b\ 0.00007 \b\ 0.00003 1 12,846 \b\ 0.00008 \b\ 0.00003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Calculated using an effective strip width of 1.20 km.
\b\ Value represents average, not total, across all years.
Beluga Whale
AGDC calculated beluga densities for survey block 1 (the area
offshore from the McClure Island group) using ASAMM data collected from
2014-2018. Beluga sighting data was included in surveys from 2011 to
2013, however, this data is only summarized by depth zone, rather than
by survey block. Therefore, the National Marine Mammal Laboratory
(Megan Ferguson, pers. comm., November 18, 2019), advised NMFS and AGDC
to calculate beluga whale density using the 2014-2018 ASAMM data, as it
is more recent and incorporates more years. Density estimates for
beluga whale were calculated by dividing the average number of whales
observed per km of transect effort (whales/km in Table 13) by two times
the effective strip width to encompass both sides of the transect line
(whales per km/(2 x ESW). The ESW for beluga whales from the Aero
Commander aircraft is 0.614 km (0.38 mi) (Ferguson and Clarke 2013).
The resulting summer density estimate is 0.005 beluga whales/km\2\, and
the fall density estimate is 0.001 beluga whales/km\2\. AGDC
conservatively used the higher summer density to estimate potential
Level B harassment takes.
The resulting densities are expected to be overestimates for the AK
LNG analysis because the data is based on sighting effort outside of
the barrier islands, and beluga whales rarely occur within the barrier
islands, as evidenced by Block 1a ASAMM survey data. Block 1a
encompasses the area between the shoreline and the barrier islands,
including Prudhoe Bay. One beluga whale was observed in survey block 1a
in 2018. However, this sighting was a ``sighting on search'' and
therefore was not included in the density calculation.
As noted in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of
Specified Activities section, we do not expect beluga whales to be
present during AGDC's winter/spring contingency pile driving period.
[[Page 43399]]
Table 13--Beluga Whale Sighting Data From 2011 Through 2018 and Resulting Densities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summer Fall
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year Number of Number of
whales Transect Whales/km Whales/km\2\ whales Transect Whales/km Whales/
sighted effort (km) \a\ sighted effort (km) km\2\ \a\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2014........................................... 13 1,393 0.009 0.008 9 1,538 0.006 0.005
2015........................................... 37 1,262 0.029 0.024 3 1,663 0.002 0.001
2016........................................... 0 1,914 0 0 1 2,360 0.0004 0.0003
2017........................................... 4 3,003 0.001 0.001 0 1,803 0 0
2018........................................... 6 2,491 0.002 0.002 0 1,535 0 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total...................................... 60 10,063 \b\ 0.006 \b\ 0.005 13 8,899 \b\ 0.001 \b\ 0.001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Calculated using an effective strip width of 0.614 km.
\b\ Value represents average, not total, across all years.
Ringed Seal
Ringed seals are the most abundant species in the project area.
They haul out on the ice to molt between late May and early June, and
spring aerial surveys provide the most comprehensive density estimates
available. Industry monitoring programs for the construction of the
Northstar production facility conducted spring aerial surveys in the
area surrounding West Dock from 1997 to 2002 (Frost et al., 2002;
Moulten et al., 2002b; Moulton et al., 2005; Richardson and Williams,
2003). Spring surveys are expected to provide the best ringed seal
density information, as the greatest percentage of seals have abandoned
their lairs and are hauled out on the ice (Kelly et al., 2010).
Densities were consistently very low in areas where the water depth was
less than 10 ft. (3 m), and only sightings observed in water depths
greater than 10 ft. (3 m) have been included in the density
calculations (Moulton et al., 2002a, Moulton et al., 2002b, Richardson
and Williams, 2003). The average observed spring ringed seal density
from this monitoring effort was 0.548 seals/km\2\ (Table 14). These
densities are not corrected for unobserved animals, and therefore may
result in an underestimated density.
Table 14--Ringed Seal Densities Estimated From Spring Aerial Surveys
Conducted From 1997 to 2002
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Density (Seals/
Year km\2\)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997.................................................... 0.43
1998.................................................... 0.39
1999.................................................... 0.63
2000.................................................... 0.47
2001.................................................... 0.54
2002.................................................... 0.83
---------------
Average............................................... 0.548
------------------------------------------------------------------------
In order to generate a summer density, as AGDC expects that the
majority of their work will occur during the summer, we first begin
with the spring density. Summer densities in the project area are
expected to significantly decrease as ringed seals range considerable
distances during the open water season. Summer density was estimated to
be 50 percent of the spring density (0.548 seals/km\2\), resulting in a
summer density estimate of 0.274 ringed seals/km\2\. Like summer
density estimates, fall density data are limited. Ringed seals remain
in the water through the fall and into the winter. Given the lack of
data, fall density is assumed the same as the summer density of 0.274
ringed seals/km\2\.
During the winter months, ringed seals create subnivean lairs and
maintain breathing holes in the landfast ice. Tagging data suggest that
ringed seals utilize multiple lairs and Kelly et al. (1986) determined
that, on average, one seal used 2.85 lairs, although the authors
suggested that this is likely an underestimate. Density estimates for
the number of ringed seal ice structures have been calculated (Frost
and Burns 1989; Kelly et al. 1986; Williams et al. 2001), and the
average density of ice structures from these reports is 1.58/km\2\.
To estimate ringed seal density in the winter, the average ice
structure density (1.58/km\2\) was divided by the average number of
structures used by the seals (2.85 structures). The estimated density
is 0.509 ringed seals/km\2\ in the winter; however, this is likely an
overestimate as the average number of ice structures utilized is
thought to be an underestimate (Kelly et al., 1986).
While more recent ASAMM surveys have been conducted in the project
area (2016-2018), these surveys did not identify observed pinnipeds to
species (Clarke et al., 2019).
Table 15--Ringed Seal Ice Structure Density in the Vicinity of the Project Area
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ice structure
Year density (structures Source
per km\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1982......................................... 3.6 Frost and Burns 1989.
1983......................................... 0.81 Kelly et al., 1986.
1999......................................... 0.71 Williams et al., 2001.
2000......................................... 1.2 Williams et al., 2001.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Density.......................... 1.58
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Given that AGDC will only pile drive during the winter if they are
unable to complete the work during the summer and fall open water
season, AGDC estimated ringed seal takes using summer densities, rather
than winter. NMFS concurs with this approach.
Spotted Seal
The spotted seal occurs in the Beaufort Sea in small numbers during
the summer open water period. At the
[[Page 43400]]
onset of freeze-up in the fall, spotted seals return to the Chukchi and
then Bering Sea to spend the winter and spring. As such, we do not
expect spotted seals to occur in the project area during AGDC's winter/
spring contingency period.
Only a few of the studies referenced in calculating the ringed seal
densities also include data for spotted seals. Given the limited
spotted seal data, NMFS expects that relying on this data may result in
an underestimate, and that it is more conservative to calculate the
spotted seal density as a proportion of the ringed seal density.
Therefore, summer spotted seal density was estimated as a proportion of
the ringed seal summer density based on the percentage of pinniped
sightings observed during monitoring projects in the region (Harris et
al., 2001; Aerts et al., 2008; Hauser et al., 2008; HDR 2012). Spotted
seals comprised 20 percent of the pinniped sightings during these
monitoring efforts. Therefore, summer spotted seal density was
calculated as 20 percent of the ringed seal density of 0.274 seals/
km\2\. This results in an estimated spotted seal summer density of
0.055 seals/km\2\.
Bearded Seal
The majority of bearded seals spend the winter and spring in the
Chukchi and Bering seas; however, some remain in the Beaufort Sea year-
round. A reliable population estimate for the bearded seal stock is not
available, and occurrence in the Beaufort Sea is less known than that
in the Bering Sea. Spring aerial surveys conducted as part of industry
monitoring for the Northstar production facility provide limited
sighting numbers from 1999-2002 (Moulton et al., 2000, Moulton et al.,
2001, Moulton et al., 2002a, Moulton et al., 2003). During the 4 years
of survey, an average of 11.75 bearded seals were observed during
3,997.5 km\2\ of effort. Using this data, winter and spring density are
estimated to be 0.003 bearded seals/km\2\.
Bearded seals occur in the Beaufort Sea more frequently during the
open water season, rather than other parts of the year. They prefer
waters farther offshore. Only a few of the studies referenced in
calculating the ringed seal densities also include data for bearded
seals. Given the limited bearded seal data, NMFS expects that relying
on this data may result in an underestimate, and that it is more
conservative to calculate the bearded seal density as a proportion of
the ringed seal density. Therefore, summer density was estimated as a
proportion of the ringed seal summer density based on the percentage of
pinniped sightings observed during monitoring projects in the region
(Harris et al., 2001; Aerts et al., 2008; Hauser et al., 2008; HDR
2012). Bearded seals comprised 17 percent of the pinniped sightings
during these monitoring efforts. Therefore, summer bearded seal density
was calculated as 17 percent of the ringed seal density of 0.274 seals/
km\2\. This results in an estimated bearded seal summer density of
0.047 seals/km\2\. The same estimate is assumed for bearded seal fall
density.
As noted in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of
Specified Activities section and in Table 16, bearded seals could
potentially occur in the project area during AGDC's winter/spring
contingency period. However, we would expect very few, if any, bearded
seals to be present during this time. In consideration of this species
presence information, and AGDC's plan to conduct most construction
during the open-water season, NMFS used the summer density in the take
calculation described below.
Table 16--Marine Mammal Densities in the Geographic Region by Season
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Winter (Nov- Spring (Apr- Summer (Jul-
Species Mar) Jun) \a\ Aug) Fall (Sept-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Oct)-----
Bowhead Whale................................... 0 0 0.005 0.017
Gray Whale...................................... 0 0 0.00003 0.00003
Beluga Whale.................................... 0 0 0.005 0.001
Ringed Seal..................................... 0.507 0.548 0.274 0.274
Spotted Seal.................................... 0 0 0.055 0
Bearded Seal.................................... 0.003 0.003 0.047 0.047
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ AGDC's pile driving contingency period extends from late February to April 2023, however, very little if any
pile driving is likely to occur in April.
Take Calculation and Estimation
In this section, we describe how the information provided above is
brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
To calculate estimated Level A and Level B harassment takes, AGDC
multiplied the area (km\2\) estimated to be ensonified above the Level
A or Level B harassment thresholds for each species, respectively, for
pile driving (and removal) of each pile size and hammer type by the
duration (days) of that activity in that season by the seasonal density
for each species (number of animals/km\2\).
AGDC expects that construction will likely be completed during the
open-water construction season. AGDC calculated that the construction
will require approximately 164 days of in-water work; however, this
estimate does not take into account that different pile types would be
installed on the same day, therefore reducing the total number of pile
driving days. Therefore, NMFS expects that the take calculation using
the method described above overestimates take. Taking into
consideration the number of calendar days, no work occurring on days
during the whaling season, construction occurring 6 days per week,
there are 123 days in the months of July through October on which the
work is expected to occur (75 percent of the 164 days estimated by
AGDC). As such, NMFS is proposing to authorize 75 percent of the take
estimate calculated by AGDC for each species (except for Level A
harassment take of bowhead whales and beluga whales, and Level B
harassment of gray whales as noted below).
NMFS recognizes that AGDC may work outside of this period in their
February to April contingency period; however, we expect that if AGDC
works during the contingency period, it would be because of
construction delays (and therefore, days on which they did not work)
during their planned open water work season. Additionally, we recognize
that ringed seals may be present in ice lairs during the contingency
period. However, AGDC must initiate pile driving prior to March 1, as
described in the Proposed Mitigation section. Initiating pile driving
before March 1 is expected to discourage seals from establishing
birthing lairs near pile
[[Page 43401]]
driving. As such, we expect that this measure will eliminate the
potential for physical injury to ringed seals during this period.
Therefore, NMFS expects that the take estimate described herein is
reasonable even if AGDC must pile drive during their contingency
period.
NMFS calculated take using summer densities for all species except
for bowhead whale. For bowhead whales, NMFS conservatively calculated
take using the fall density.
Table 17--Estimated Level B Harassment Takes by Species, Pile Size and Type, and Installation/Removal Method
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calculated level B harassment takes
Estimated -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity duration Bowhead Beluga Spotted Bearded
(days) whale Gray whale whale Ringed seal seal seal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DH4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sheet Pile................................................... 36 41.65 0.08 11.83 668.04 133.61 113.57
Anchor Pile (11.5-inch H-pile)............................... 9 0.06 0 0.02 0.90 0.18 0.15
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Pile)......................... 10 2.49 0 0.71 39.98 8.00 6.80
Spud Piles (14-inch H-pile).................................. 12 0.64 0 0.18 10.34 2.07 1.76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
South Bridge Abutment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dock Face (Sheet Pile)....................................... 23 26.61 0.05 7.56 426.80 85.36 72.56
Tailwall (Sheet Pile)........................................ 23 26.61 0.05 7.56 426.80 85.36 72.56
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile)................................. 1 0.02 0 0.01 0.34 0.07 0.06
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Bridge Abutment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dock Face (Sheet Pile)....................................... 24 27.76 0.05 7.89 445.36 89.07 75.71
Tailwall (Sheet Pile)........................................ 17 19.67 0.04 5.59 315.46 63.09 53.63
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile)................................. 1 0.02 0 0.01 0.34 0.07 0.06
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barge Bridge
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Piles)........................ 4 1.00 0 0.28 15.99 3.20 2.72
Spud Piles (14-inch H-piles)................................. 4 0.21 0 0.06 3.45 0.69 0.59
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.................................................... 164 146.74 0.27 41.69 2,353.8 470.76 400.15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level B Harassment Take Proposed for Authorization 123 110 \a\ 2 31 1,765 353 300
(75% of Total)......................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ 75 percent of the calculated total is 0.2 takes, however, to account for group size (Clarke et al., 2017), NMFS is proposing to authorize two Level
B harassment takes of gray whale.
Table 18--Calculated Level A Harassment Takes by Species, Pile Size and Type, and Installation/Removal Method
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calculated level B harassment takes
Estimated -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Activity duration Bowhead Beluga Spotted Bearded
(days) whale Gray whale whale Ringed seal seal seal
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DH4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sheet Pile................................................... 36 0 0 0 0.01 0 0
Anchor Pile (11.5-inch H-pile)............................... 9 0.69 0 0.20 11.05 2.21 1.88
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Pile)......................... 10 1.33 0 0.38 21.37 4.27 3.63
Spud Piles (14-inch H-pile).................................. 12 0 0 0 0 0 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
South Bridge Abutment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dock Face (Sheet Pile)....................................... 23 0 0 0 0.01 0 0
Tailwall (Sheet Pile)........................................ 23 0 0 0 0.01 0 0
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile)................................. 1 0.05 0 0.02 0.86 0.17 0.15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
North Bridge Abutment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dock Face (Sheet Pile)....................................... 24 0 0 0 0.01 0 0
Tailwall (Sheet Pile)........................................ 17 0 0 0 0 0 0
Anchor Pile (14-inch H-pile)................................. 1 0.5 0 0.02 0.86 0.17 0.15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Barge Bridge
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mooring Dolphins (48-inch Pipe Piles)........................ 4 0.53 0 0.15 8.55 1.71 1.45
[[Page 43402]]
Spud Piles (14-inch H-piles)................................. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total.................................................... 164 2.65 0 0.77 42.73 8.53 7.26
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Harassment Take Proposed for Authorization 123 \a\ 0 0 0 32 6 5
(75% of Total)......................................
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ 75 percent of the calculated total is 1.99 takes, however, we do not expect bowheads to occur within the Level A harassment zone, and we do not
propose to authorize Level A harassment take of bowhead whale.
We do not expect bowheads to occur within the Level A harassment
zones due to the shallow waters (approximately 19 ft. in depth at the
isopleth). As previously noted, waters less than 15 ft. (4.5 m) deep
are considered too shallow to support these whales, and in three
decades of aerial surveys by BOEM (ASAMM), no bowhead whale has been
recorded in waters less than 16.4 ft (5 m) deep (Clarke and Ferguson
2010). Therefore, we do not expect Level A harassment of bowhead whales
to occur, and we do not propose to authorize Level A harassment take of
bowheads.
Given the extremely low likelihood of gray whales occurring in the
Level A harassment zone (as evidenced by the estimated values in Table
20), we do not expect Level A harassment of gray whales to occur, and
do not propose to issue any Level A harassment takes of gray whale.
The largest Level A harassment zone for mid-frequency cetaceans
(including the beluga whale) extends 56m from the source during impact
driving of the 48-inch pipe piles (Table 10). Considering the small
size of the Level A harassment zones, and the low likelihood that a
beluga will occur in this area, Level A harassment take is unlikely to
occur. Additionally, AGDC is planning to implement a 50m shutdown zone
during this activity, which includes the <1 m peak PTS isopleth. We
expect shutdown zones will eliminate the potential for Level A
harassment take of beluga whale. Therefore, we are not proposing to
authorize takes of beluga whale by Level A harassment.
Table 19--Estimated Take by Level A and Level B Harassment, by Species and Stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A Level B
Common name Stock harassment harassment Total take Stock Percent of
take take abundance stock
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bowhead Whale............................. Western Arctic.............. 0 110 110 16,820 0.65
Gray Whale................................ Eastern North Pacific....... 0 2 2 26,960 0.007
Beluga Whale \a\.......................... Beaufort Sea................ 0 31 31 39,258 0.08
Chukchi Sea................. .............. .............. .............. 20,752 0.15
Ringed Seal............................... Alaska...................... 32 1,765 1,797 N/A N/A
Spotted Seal.............................. Alaska...................... 6 353 359 461,625 0.08
Bearded Seal.............................. Alaska...................... 5 300 305 N/A N/A
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ As noted in the Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities section, beluga whales in the project area are likely to be from
the Beaufort Sea stock. However, we have conservatively attributed all takes to each stock in our analysis.
Effects of Specified Activities on Subsistence Uses of Marine Mammals
The availability of the affected marine mammal stocks or species
for subsistence uses may be impacted by this activity. The subsistence
uses that may be affected and the potential impacts of the activity on
those uses are described below. Measures included in this IHA to reduce
the impacts of the activity on subsistence uses are described in the
Proposed Mitigation section. Last, the information from this section
and the Proposed Mitigation section is analyzed to determine whether
the necessary findings may be made in the Unmitigable Adverse Impact
Analysis and Determination section.
The communities of Nuiqsut, Utqia[gdot]vik and Kaktovik engage in
subsistence harvests off the North Slope of Alaska. Alaska Native
communities have harvested bowhead whales for subsistence and cultural
purposes with oversight and quotas regulated by the International
Whaling Commission (IWC). The North Slope Borough (NSB) Department of
Wildlife Management has been conducting bowhead whale subsistence
harvest research since the early 1980's to collect the data needed by
the IWC to set harvest quotas. Bowhead whale harvest (percent of total
marine mammal harvest), harvest weight, and percent of households using
bowhead whale are presented in Table 25 of AGDC's application.
Most of the Beaufort Sea population of beluga whales migrate from
the Bering Sea into the Beaufort Sea in April or May. The spring
migration routes through ice leads are similar to those of the bowhead
whale. Fall migration through the western Beaufort Sea is in September
or October. Surveys of the fall distribution strongly indicate that
most belugas migrate offshore along the pack ice front beyond the reach
of subsistence harvesters. Beluga whales are harvested
opportunistically during the bowhead harvest and throughout ice-free
months. No beluga whale harvests were reported in 2006 survey
interviews conducted by SRBA in any community (SRBA 2010). Beluga
harvests were also not reported in Nuiqsut and Kaktovik, although
[[Page 43403]]
households did report using beluga whale, likely through sharing from
other communities (Brown et al., 2016). We do not expect the proposed
activities at the Alaska LNG project site to affect beluga whale
subsistence harvests, as none are expected.
Gray whale harvests were not reported by any of the communities
surveyed by Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) in any of the
survey years, and therefore are not included as an important
subsistence species and are not further discussed.
The community of Utqia[gdot]vik's subsistence activities occur
outside of the area impacted by activities considered in this
authorization, and are not discussed further. Please refer to AGDC's
application for additional information on Utqia[gdot]vik's subsistence
activities.
Kaktovik
Kaktovik is the easternmost village in the NSB. Kaktovik is located
on the north shore of Barter Island, situated between the Okpilak and
Jago rivers on the Beaufort Sea coast. Kaktovik's subsistence-harvest
areas are to the east of the project area and target marine mammal
species migrating eastward during spring and summer occur seaward of
the project area and westward in the fall.
Kaktovik bowhead whale hunters reported traveling between Camden
Bay to the west and Nuvagapak Lagoon to the east (SRBA 2010). This
range does not include the project area impacted by the activities
analyzed for this proposed IHA, therefore, Kaktovik bowhead whale
hunting is not discussed further. Please refer to AGDC's application
for additional information.
Ringed, spotted and bearded seals are harvested by the community of
Kaktovik. Residents hunt seals in rivers during ice-free months,
primarily July-August. Ringed seals are an important subsistence
resource for Native Alaskans living in communities along the Beaufort
Sea coast. Kaktovik hunters travel by boat to look for ringed seals on
floating ice (often while also hunting for bearded seal) or sometimes
along the ice edge by snow machine before break-up, during the spring
(SRBA 2010). In 2006, 7 people (18 percent of survey respondents)
indicated that they had recently hunted for ringed seals in Kaktovik
(SRBA 2010). Residents reported looking for ringed seal, usually while
also searching for bearded seal, offshore between Prudhoe Bay to the
west and Demarcation Bay to the east (SRBA 2010). Ringed seal hunting
typically peaks between March and August but continues into September,
as well (SRBA 2010). Although residents reported hunting ringed seals
up to approximately 30 mi (48 km) from shore, the highest numbers of
overlapping use areas generally occur within a few miles from shore
(SRBA 2010). The total use area for ringed seal from 1995-2006
encompassed approximately 2,139 mi\2\. Harvest of ringed seals by
Kaktovik hunters does not typically occur to the west of Camden Bay and
therefore is not expected to be affected by Alaska LNG project
activities.
Kaktovik hunters harvested 126 pounds of spotted seals in 1992
(ADF&G CSIS; retrieved and analyzed August 15, 2018). Spotted seals
were not reported harvested in 2006 survey interviews conducted in
Nuiqsut (SRBA 2010).
Kaktovik bearded seal hunting occurs along the coast as far west as
Prudhoe Bay and as far east as the United States/Canada border (SRBA
2010). Residents reported looking for bearded seal as far as
approximately 30 mi (48 km) from shore, but generally hunt them closer
to shore, up to 5 mi (8 km; SRBA 2010). Between 1994-2003, 29 bearded
seals were taken in Kaktovik. In 2006, 7 people (18 percent of survey
respondents) indicated that they had recently hunted for bearded seals
in Kaktovik (SRBA 2010). Bearded seal hunting activities, like ringed
seal, begin in March, peaking in July and August, and then conclude in
September (SRBA 2010).
The community of Kaktovik is approximately 100 (direct) mi (160 km)
from the proposed project at Prudhoe Bay; subsistence activities for
these communities primarily occur outside of the project construction
area and associated Level A and Level B harassment zones. The planned
construction and use of improvements to West Dock would occur in
Prudhoe Bay, adjacent to existing oil and gas infrastructures, and in
an area that is not typically used for subsistence other than extremely
limited bearded seal hunting by residents of Kaktovik.
Because of the distance from Kaktovik and Kaktovik's very limited
use of waters offshore of Prudhoe Bay, and because the proposed
activities would occur in an already-developed area, it is unlikely
that the proposed activities would have any effects on the use of
marine mammals for subsistence by residents of Kaktovik. Therefore, we
do not discuss Kaktovik's subsistence activities further.
Nuiqsut
The proposed construction activities would occur closest to the
marine subsistence use area used by the Native Village of Nuiqsut.
Nuiqsut is located on the west bank of the Nechelik Channel on the
lower Colville River, about 25 mi (40 km) from the Arctic Ocean and
approximately 150 mi (242 km) southeast of Utqia[gdot]vik. Nuiqsut
subsistence hunters utilize an extensive search area, spanning 16,322
mi\2\ (km\2\) across the central Arctic Slope (see Figure 19 of AGDC's
application, Brown et al., 2016). Marine mammal hunting is primarily
concentrated in two areas: (1) Harrison Bay, between Atigaru Point and
Oliktok Point, including a northward extent of approximately 50 mi (80
km) beyond the Colville River Delta (Brown et al., 2016); and (2) east
of the Colville River Delta between Prudhoe and Foggy Island bays,
which includes an area of approximately 100 square mi surrounding the
Midway Islands, McClure Island and Cross Island (Brown et al., 2016).
The community of Nuiqsut uses subsistence-harvest areas adjacent to the
proposed construction area; however, West Dock is not a common hunting
area, nor is it visited regularly by Nuiqsut subsistence hunters
primarily because of its industrial history.
Ringed, spotted and bearded seals are also harvested by the
community of Nuiqsut. Seal hunting typically begins in April and May
with the onset of warmer temperatures. Many residents continue to hunt
seals after spring breakup as well (Brown et al., 2016).
The most important seal hunting area for Nuiqsut hunters is off the
Colville Delta, an area extending as far west as Fish Creek and as far
east as Pingok Island. Seal hunting search areas by Nuiqsut hunters
also included Harrison Bay, and a 30-mi (48-km) stretch northeast of
Nuiqsut between the Colville and Kuparuk rivers, near Simpson Lagoon
and Jones Islands (Brown et al., 2016). Cross Island is a productive
area for seals, but is too far from Nuiqsut to be used on a regular
basis. Seal subsistence use areas of Nuiqsut from 1995 through 2006 are
depicted in Figure 21 of AGDC's application.
Ringed seals are an important subsistence resource for Native
Alaskans living in communities along the Beaufort Sea coast. Nuiqsut
residents commonly harvest ringed seal in the Beaufort Sea during the
summer months (SRBA 2010). There are a higher number of use areas
extending east and west of the Colville River delta. Residents reported
traveling as far as Cape Halkett to the west and Camden Bay to the east
in search of ringed seal. Survey respondents reported traveling
offshore up to 30 mi (48 km; SRBA 2010). Residents reported hunting
[[Page 43404]]
ringed seals throughout the late spring, summer, and early fall with a
higher number of use areas reported in June, July, and August (SRBA
2010). In 2006, 12 people (36 percent of survey respondents) indicated
that they had recently hunted for ringed seals in Nuiqsut (SRBA 2010).
Nuiqsut bearded seal use areas extend as far west as Cape Halkett,
as far east as Camden Bay, and offshore up to 40 mi (64 km). In 2006,
12 people (69 percent of survey respondents) indicated that they had
recently hunted for bearded seals in Nuiqsut (SRBA 2010). Nuiqsut
hunters reported hunting bearded seal during the summer season in open
water as the seals are following the ice pack. Residents reported
hunting bearded seal between June and September, although a small
number of use areas were reportedly used in May and October (SRBA
2010). The number of reported bearded seal use areas peak in July and
August, when the majority of seals are available along the ice pack
(SRBA 2010).
Nuiqsut's bowhead whale hunt occurs in the fall at Cross Island, a
barrier island located approximately 12 mi (19 km) northwest of West
Dock. Nuiqsut whalers base their activities from Cross Island
(Galginaitis 2014), and the whaling search and the harvest areas
typically are concentrated north of the island. Hunting activities
between 1997 and 2006 occurred almost as far west as Thetis Island, as
far east as Barter Island (Kaktovik), and up to approximately 50 mi (80
km) offshore (SRBA 2010). Harvest locations in 1973-2011 and GPS tracks
of 2001-2011 whaling efforts are shown in Figure 19 of AGDC's
application.
Bowhead whales are harvested by Nuiqsut whalers during the fall
whaling season. Nuiqsut residents typically hunt bowhead whales in
September, although a small number of use areas were reported in August
and extending into October (Stephen R. Braund & Associates [SRBA]
2010). Pile driving will not occur during Nuiqsut whaling.
Nuiqsut subsistence hunting crews operating from Cross Island have
harvested three to four bowhead whales per year (Bacon et al., 2009;
Galginaitis 2014). In 2014, the Alaska Eskimo Whaling Commission (AEWC)
allocated Nuiqsut a quota of four bowhead whales each year; however,
through transfers of quota from other communities, in 2015 Nuiqsut was
able to harvest five whales (Brown et al., 2016). In 2006, 10 people
(30 percent of survey respondents) in Nuiqsut indicated that they had
recently hunted for bowhead whales (SRBA 2010). In 2016, Nuiqsut
whaling crews harvested four bowhead whales (Suydam et al., 2017).
Nuiqsut is 70 mi (112 km) away from the proposed project, and is
likely to be the community that has the greatest potential to
experience any impacts to subsistence practices. The primary potential
for AK LNG project impacts to Nuiqsut's subsistence use of marine
mammals is associated with barge activity, which could interfere with
summer seal and fall bowhead whale hunting (Alaska LNG 2016). Barge
activity is beyond the scope of this IHA, but noise associated with
barging could deflect bowhead whales as they migrate through Nuiqsut's
fall whaling grounds or cause temporary disturbances of seals, making
successful harvests more difficult. Barge traffic would occur from July
through September. Although barging activities would not cease during
Nuiqsut's fall bowhead whale hunting activities, the potential for
impact would be greatly reduced by keeping project vessels landward of
Cross Island during the August 25-September 15 period, avoiding the
high use areas offshore of the island during the entire whaling season
in most years (Alaska LNG 2016, 2017).
Pile driving associated with construction at West Dock could also
affect subsistence hunting of bowhead whales, as the Level B harassment
zones extend up to 4.6 km from the pile driving site for some pile and
hammer type combinations. As such, AGDC will not pile drive during the
Nuiqsut whaling season (see Proposed Mitigation). AGDC has consulted
with AEWC and NSB on mitigation measures to limit impacts (Alaska LNG
2016), and has continued to provide formal and informal project updates
to these groups, as recently as February 2020 and May 2020.
The planned activities are not expected to impact marine mammals in
numbers or locations sufficient to render them unavailable for
subsistence harvest given the short-term, temporary, and localized
nature of construction activities, and the proposed mitigation
measures. Impacts to marine mammals would mostly include limited,
temporary behavioral disturbances of seals, however, some PTS is
possible. Serious injury or mortality of marine mammals is not
anticipated from the proposed activities, and the activities are not
expected to have any impacts on reproductive or survival rates of any
marine mammal species.
In summary, impacts to subsistence hunting are not expected due to
the distance between West Dock construction and primary seal hunting
areas, and proposed mitigation during the Nuiqsut bowhead whale hunt.
Proposed Mitigation
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to the
activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on
the species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on
the availability of the species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses. NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental
take authorizations to include information about the availability and
feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and
manner of conducting the activity or other means of effecting the least
practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and
their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we
carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat, as
well as subsistence uses. This considers the nature of the potential
adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further
considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if
implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if
implemented as planned), the likelihood of effective implementation
(probability implemented as planned), and;
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity,
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
Mitigation for Marine Mammals and Their Habitat
In addition to the measures described later in this section, AGDC
will employ the following mitigation measures:
Conduct briefings between construction supervisors and
crews and the marine mammal monitoring team prior to the start of all
pile driving
[[Page 43405]]
activity and when new personnel join the work, to explain
responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring
protocol, and operational procedures;
For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving,
if a marine mammal comes within 10 m, operations shall cease and
vessels shall reduce speed to the minimum level required to maintain
steerage and safe working conditions;
For those marine mammals for which Level B harassment take
has not been requested, in-water pile installation/removal will shut
down immediately when it is safe to do so if such species are observed
within or entering the Level B harassment zone; and
If take reaches the authorized limit for an authorized
species, pile installation will be stopped as these species approach
the Level B harassment zone to avoid additional take.
Table 20--Shutdown Zones During Pile Installation and Removal
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shutdown zone (m)
Activity Hammer type ------------------------------------------------------
LF cetaceans MF cetaceans Phocids
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.5-inch H-Pile.................. Impact............... 1,200................ 50 500
14-inch H-Pile.................... Impact............... 1,200................ 50 500
Vibratory............ 10................... 10 10
48-inch Pipe Pile................. Impact............... 1,600................ 50 500
Sheet Piles....................... Vibratory............ 20................... 10 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AGDC is required to implement all mitigation measures described in
the biological opinion (issued on June 3, 2020).
The following mitigation measures would apply to AGDC's in-water
construction activities.
Establishment of Shutdown Zones--AGDC will establish shutdown zones
for all pile driving and removal activities. The purpose of a shutdown
zone is generally to define an area within which shutdown of the
activity would occur upon sighting of a marine mammal (or in
anticipation of an animal entering the defined area). Shutdown zones
will vary based on the activity type and marine mammal hearing group
(see Table 20). The largest shutdown zones are generally for low
frequency cetaceans as shown in Table 20. In this instance, the largest
shutdown zone for low frequency cetaceans is 1,600 m. AGDC expects that
they will be able to effectively observe phocids at distances up to 500
m, large cetaceans at 2-4 km, and belugas at 2-3 km.
The placement of protected species observers (PSOs) during all pile
driving and removal activities (described in detail in the Proposed
Monitoring and Reporting section) will ensure that the entire shutdown
zone is visible during pile installation. If visibility degrades to
where the PSO determines that they cannot effectively monitor the
entire shutdown zone during pile driving, the applicant may continue to
drive the pile section that was being driven to its target depth when
visibility degraded to unobservable conditions, but will not drive
additional sections of pile. Pile driving may continue during low light
conditions to allow for the evaluation of night vision and infrared
sensing devices.
Monitoring for Level A and Level B Harassment--AGDC will monitor
the Level B harassment zones (areas where SPLs are equal to or exceed
the 160 dB rms threshold for impact driving and the 120 dB rms
threshold during vibratory driving) and Level A harassment zones, to
the extent practicable. Monitoring zones provide utility for observing
by establishing monitoring protocols for areas adjacent to the shutdown
zones. Monitoring zones enable observers to be aware of and communicate
the presence of marine mammals in the project area outside the shutdown
zone and thus prepare for a potential shutdown of activity should the
animal enter the shutdown zone. Placement of PSOs on elevated
structures on West Dock will allow PSOs to observe phocids within the
Level A and Level B harassment zones, to an estimated distance of 500
m. However, due to the large Level A and Level B harassment zones
(Table 10), PSOs will not be able to effectively observe the entire
zones during all activities. Therefore, marine mammal exposures will be
recorded and extrapolated based upon the number of observed exposures
and the percentage of the Level A or Level B harassment zone that was
not visible.
Pre-activity Monitoring--Prior to the start of daily in-water
construction activity, or whenever a break in pile driving or removal
of 30 minutes or longer occurs, PSOs will observe the shutdown and
monitoring zones for a period of 30 minutes. If a marine mammal is
observed within the shutdown zone, a soft-start cannot proceed until
the animal has left the zone or has not been observed for 15 minutes
(pinnipeds) or 30 minutes (cetaceans). When a marine mammal for which
Level B harassment take is authorized is present in the Level B
harassment zone, activities may begin and Level B harassment take will
be recorded. If the entire Level B harassment zone is not visible at
the start of construction pile driving or removal activities can begin.
If work ceases for more than 30 minutes, the pre-activity monitoring of
both the Level B harassment zone and shutdown zones will commence.
Nighttime Monitoring--PSOs will use night vision devices (NVDs) and
infrared (IR) for nighttime and low visibility monitoring. AGDC will
select devices for monitoring, and will test the devices to determine
the efficacy of the monitoring equipment and technique. For a detailed
explanation of AGDC's plan to test the NVDs and IR equipment, please
see AGDC's 4MP, available online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-other-energy-activities-renewable (Please note that AGDC will not assess
object detection at distance intervals using buoys as stated in the
4MP. Rather, they will test object detection on land using existing
landmarks at known distances from PSOs, such as road signs.)
Soft Start--Soft-start procedures are believed to provide
additional protection to marine mammals by providing warning and/or
giving marine mammals a chance to leave the area prior to the hammer
operating at full capacity. For impact pile driving, contractors will
be required to provide an initial set of three strikes from the hammer
at reduced energy, followed by a 30-second waiting period. This
procedure will be conducted three times before impact pile driving
begins. Soft
[[Page 43406]]
start will be implemented at the start of each day's impact pile
driving and at any time following cessation of impact pile driving for
a period of thirty minutes or longer.
Pile Driving During Contingency Period--In the event that AGDC must
continue pile driving or removal during their contingency period
(February-April 2023), AGDC must begin pile driving before March 1, the
known onset of ice seal lairing season. Initiating pile driving before
March 1 is expected to discourage seals from establishing birthing
lairs near pile driving. Additionally, a subsistence advisor would
survey areas within a buffer zone of DH4 where water depth is greater
than 10 ft. (3 m) to identify potential ringed seal structures before
activity begins. Construction crews would avoid identified ice seal
structures by a minimum of 500 ft. (150 m).
AGDC does not plan to use a bubble curtain or other sound
attenuation device. Given the shallow water in the project area, bubble
curtains would be very difficult to deploy, and may not result in
significant sound reduction.
Mitigation for Subsistence Uses of Marine Mammals or Plan of
Cooperation
Regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(12) further require IHA applicants
conducting activities in or near a traditional Arctic subsistence
hunting area and/or that may affect the availability of a species or
stock of marine mammals for Arctic subsistence uses to provide a Plan
of Cooperation or information that identifies what measures have been
taken and/or will be taken to minimize adverse effects on the
availability of marine mammals for subsistence purposes. A plan must
include the following:
A statement that the applicant has notified and provided
the affected subsistence community with a draft plan of cooperation;
A schedule for meeting with the affected subsistence
communities to discuss proposed activities and to resolve potential
conflicts regarding any aspects of either the operation or the plan of
cooperation;
A description of what measures the applicant has taken
and/or will take to ensure that proposed activities will not interfere
with subsistence whaling or sealing; and
What plans the applicant has to continue to meet with the
affected communities, both prior to and while conducting the activity,
to resolve conflicts and to notify the communities of any changes in
the operation.
AGDC provided a draft Plan of Cooperation (POC) to NMFS on March
27, 2019. The POC outlines AGDC's extensive coordination with
subsistence communities that may be affected by the AK LNG project. It
includes a description of the project, community outreach that has
already been conducted, and project mitigation measures. AGDC will
continue coordination with subsistence communities throughout the
project duration. The POC is a live document and will be updated
throughout the project review and permitting process. AGDC's draft POC
is available on our website at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
AGDC continues to document its communications with the North Slope
subsistence communities, as well as the substance of its communications
with subsistence stakeholder groups, and has developed mitigation
measures that include measures suggested by community members as well
as industry standard measures. AGDC will continue to routinely engage
with local communities and subsistence groups. Multiple user groups are
often consulted simultaneously as part of larger coalition meetings
such as the Arctic Safety Waterways Committee meetings. Local
communities and subsistence groups identified by AGDC are listed in the
POC. AGDC will develop a Communication Plan and will implement this
plan before initiating construction operations to coordinate activities
with local subsistence users, as well as Village Whaling Captains'
Associations, to minimize the risk of interfering with subsistence
hunting activities, and keep current as to the timing and status of the
bowhead whale hunt and other subsistence hunts. A project informational
mailer with a request for community feedback (traditional mail, email,
phone) will be sent to community members prior to construction.
Following the construction season, AGDC intends to have a post-season
co-management meeting with the commissioners and committee heads to
discuss results of mitigation measures and outcomes of the preceding
season. The goal of the post-season meeting is to build upon the
knowledge base, discuss successful or unsuccessful outcomes of
mitigation measures, and possibly refine plans or mitigation measures
if necessary.
The AEWC works annually with industry partners to develop a
Conflict Avoidance Agreement (CAA). This agreement implements
mitigation measures that allow industry to conduct their work in or
transiting the vicinity of active subsistence hunters, in areas where
subsistence hunters anticipate hunting, or in areas that are in
sufficient proximity to areas expected to be used for subsistence
hunting where the planned activities could potentially adversely affect
the subsistence bowhead whale hunt through effects on bowhead whales,
while maintaining the availability of bowheads for subsistence hunters.
One key aspect of the CAA is the inclusion of time and area closures.
AGDC is considering whether it would enter into a CAA or similar
agreement with the AEWC and will discuss and evaluate a CAA in the
aforementioned meetings.
AGDC will not conduct pile driving during the Nuiqsut whaling
season in an effort to eliminate effects on the availability of bowhead
whales for subsistence hunting that could occur as a result of project
noise. Nuiqsut whaling is approximately August 25-September 15, though
the exact dates may change.
Barging activities could potentially impact Nuiqsut's fall bowhead
whale hunt and possibly other marine mammal harvest activities in the
Beaufort Sea. As mentioned previously, barging activities are beyond
the scope of this IHA, and no take is expected to occur as a result of
barging activities. However, NMFS notes that AGDC will limit barges to
waters shoreward of Cross Island during the Nuiqsut whaling season
(approximately August 25-September 15) in an effort to avoid any
potential impacts on subsistence uses. AGDC has consulted with AEWC and
NSB on mitigation measures to limit impacts (Alaska LNG 2016), and has
continued to provide formal and informal project updates to these
groups, as recently as February 2020 and May 2020. As noted previously,
AGDC's construction activities at West Dock do not overlap with the
areas where subsistence hunters typically harvest ice seals, therefore,
these activities are not expected to impact subsistence hunts of ice
seals.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as
well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily
determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means
effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the
availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses.
[[Page 43407]]
Proposed Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the
required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution,
density);
Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2)
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas);
Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative),
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1)
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2)
populations, species, or stocks;
Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of
marine mammal habitat); and
Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Visual Monitoring
Marine mammal monitoring must be conducted in accordance with the
Marine Mammal Monitoring Plan, available online at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/national/marine-mammal-protection/incidental-take-authorizations-other-energy-activities-renewable. Marine mammal
monitoring during pile driving and removal must be conducted by NMFS-
approved PSOs in a manner consistent with the following:
Independent PSOs (i.e., not construction personnel) who
have no other assigned tasks during monitoring periods must be used;
Where a team of three or more PSOs are required, a lead
observer or monitoring coordinator must be designated. The lead
observer must have prior experience working as a marine mammal observer
during construction;
Other PSOs may substitute education (degree in biological
science or related field) or training for experience. PSOs may also
substitute Alaska native traditional knowledge for experience. (NMFS
recognizes that PSOs with traditional knowledge may also have prior
experience, and therefore be eligible to serve as the lead PSO.); and
AGDC must submit PSO CVs for approval by NMFS prior to the
onset of pile driving.
PSOs should have the following additional qualifications:
Ability to conduct field observations and collect data
according to assigned protocols;
Experience or training in the field identification of
marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors;
Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the
construction operation to provide for personal safety during
observations;
Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of
observations including but not limited to the number and species of
marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction
activities were conducted; dates, times, and reason for implementation
of mitigation (or why mitigation was not implemented when required);
and marine mammal behavior; and
Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with
project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals
observed in the area as necessary.
At least two PSOs will be present during all pile driving/removal
activities. PSOs will have an unobstructed view of all water within the
shutdown zone. PSOs will observe as much of the Level A and Level B
harassment zone as possible. PSO locations are as follows:
i. Dock Head 4--During impact pile driving at DH4, two PSOs must be
stationed to view toward the east, north, and west of the seawater
treatment plant. During vibratory pile driving at DH4, two PSOs must
monitor from each PSO location (four PSOs); and
ii. Barge Bridge--During work at the barge bridge, two PSOs must be
stationed at the north end of the bridge.
PSOs will be stationed on elevated platforms at DH4, and on the
elevated bridge during work at the barge bridge. They will possess the
equipment described in the 4MP, including NVDs during nighttime
monitoring. However, during the primary construction season, nighttime
on the North Slope will be brief. Given the elevated PSO sites and
equipment, AGDC expects that they will be able to effectively observe
phocids at distances up to 500 m, large cetaceans at 2-4 km, and
belugas at 2-3 km, however, PSOs will not be able to effectively
observe the entire area of the Level A (seals only) or Level B
harassment zones during all pile driving activities.
PSOs will begin monitoring three days prior to the onset of pile
driving and removal activities and continue through three days after
completion of the pile driving and removal activities. PSOs will
monitor 24 hours per day, even during periods when construction is not
occurring. In addition, observers shall record all incidents of marine
mammal occurrence, regardless of distance from activity, and shall
document any behavioral reactions in concert with distance from piles
being driven or removed. Pile driving activities include the time to
install or remove a single pile or series of piles, as long as the time
elapsed between uses of the pile driving equipment is no more than 30
minutes.
Acoustic Monitoring
AGDC will deploy a single, archival passive acoustic monitoring
(PAM) receiver in the far field to collect data that indicates the
gross presence of marine mammals and the received sound source level at
distance during construction.
Reporting
A draft marine mammal monitoring report will be submitted to NMFS
within 90 days after the completion of pile driving and removal
activities. The report will include an overall description of work
completed, a narrative regarding marine mammal sightings, and
associated PSO data sheets. Specifically, the report must include:
Dates and times (begin and end) of all marine mammal
monitoring;
Construction activities occurring during each daily
observation period, including precise start and stop time of
[[Page 43408]]
each type of construction operation mode, how many and what type of
piles were driven or removed and by what method (i.e., impact or
vibratory);
Total number of hours during which each construction
activity type occurred.
Total number of hours that PSOs were on duty during each
construction activity, and total number of hours that PSOs were on duty
during periods of no construction activity;
Weather parameters and water conditions during each
monitoring period (e.g., wind speed, percent cover, visibility, sea
state), and number of hours of observation that occurred during various
visibility and sea state conditions.
The number of marine mammals observed, by species and
operation mode, relative to the pile location;
The number of marine mammals observed (including periods
with no construction).
Distances and bearings of each marine mammal observed to
the pile being driven or removed for each sighting (if pile driving or
removal was occurring at time of sighting).
Age and sex class, if possible, of all marine mammals
observed;
PSO locations during marine mammal monitoring, including
elevation above sea level;
Distances and bearings of each marine mammal observed to
the pile being driven or removed for each sighting (if pile driving or
removal was occurring at time of sighting);
Description of any marine mammal behavior patterns during
observation, including direction of travel and estimated time spent
within the Level A and Level B harassment zones while the source was
active;
Number of individuals of each species (differentiated by
month as appropriate) detected within the monitoring zone, and
estimates of number of marine mammals taken, by species (a correction
factor may be applied to total take numbers, as appropriate);
Histograms of perpendicular distances to PSO sightings, by
species (or species group if sample sizes are small);
Sighting rates summarized into daily or weekly periods for
the before, during, and after construction periods;
Maps showing visual and acoustic detections by species and
construction activity type.
Detailed information about any implementation of any
mitigation triggered (e.g., shutdowns and delays), a description of
specific actions that ensued, and resulting behavior of the animal, if
any;
Description of attempts to distinguish between the number
of individual animals taken and the number of incidences of take, such
as ability to track groups or individuals;
An extrapolation of the estimated takes by Level A and
Level B harassment based on the number of observed exposures within the
Level A and Level B harassment zone and the percentages of the Level A
and Level B harassment zones that were not visible; and
Submit all PSO datasheets and/or raw sighting data (in a
separate file from the Final Report referenced immediately above).
If no comments are received from NMFS within 30 days, the draft
report will constitute the final report. If comments are received, a
final report addressing NMFS comments must be submitted within 30 days
after receipt of comments.
AGDC's acoustic monitoring report must include the number of marine
mammal detections (including species, date and time of detection, and
type of pile driving underway, if applicable), the received sound
levels from pile driving activity, and the following hydrophone
equipment and method information: Recording devices, sampling rate,
sensitivity of the PAM equipment, locations of the hydrophones, duty
cycle, distance (m) from the pile where recordings were made, depth of
recording devices, depth of water in area of recording devices.
In the event that personnel involved in the construction activities
discover an injured or dead marine mammal, the IHA-holder shall report
the incident to the Office of Protected Resources (OPR) (301-427-8401),
NMFS and to the Alaska regional stranding coordinator (907-586-7209) as
soon as feasible. If the death or injury was clearly caused by the
specified activity, the IHA-holder must immediately cease the specified
activities until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the
incident and determine what, if any, additional measures are
appropriate to ensure compliance with the terms of the IHA. The IHA-
holder must not resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
The report must include the following information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the first
discovery (and updated location information if known and applicable);
Species identification (if known) or description of the
animal(s) involved;
Condition of the animal(s) (including carcass condition if
the animal is dead);
Observed behaviors of the animal(s), if alive;
If available, photographs or video footage of the
animal(s); and
General circumstances under which the animal was
discovered.
Monitoring Plan Peer Review
The MMPA requires that monitoring plans be independently peer
reviewed where the proposed activity may affect the availability of a
species or stock for taking for subsistence uses (16 U.S.C.
1371(a)(5)(D)(ii)(III)). Regarding this requirement, NMFS' implementing
regulations state that upon receipt of a complete monitoring plan, and
at its discretion, NMFS will either submit the plan to members of a
peer review panel for review or within 60 days of receipt of the
proposed monitoring plan, schedule a workshop to review the plan (50
CFR 216.108(d)).
NMFS established an independent peer review panel to review AGDC's
Monitoring Plan for the proposed project in Prudhoe Bay. NMFS provided
AGDC's monitoring plan to the Peer Review Panel (PRP) and asked them to
answer the following questions:
1. Will the applicant's stated objectives effectively further the
understanding of the impacts of their activities on marine mammals and
otherwise accomplish the goals stated below? If not, how should the
objectives be modified to better accomplish the goals below?
2. Can the applicant achieve the stated objectives based on the
methods described in the plan?
3. Are there technical modifications to the proposed monitoring
techniques and methodologies proposed by the applicant that should be
considered to better accomplish the objectives?
4. Are there techniques not proposed by the applicant (i.e.,
additional monitoring techniques or methodologies) that should be
considered for inclusion in the applicant's monitoring program to
better accomplish the objectives?
5. What is the best way for an applicant to present their data and
results (formatting, metrics, graphics, etc.) in the required reports
that are to be submitted to NMFS (i.e., 90-day report)?
The peer review panel (PRP) met in March 2020 and subsequently
provided a final report to NMFS containing recommendations that the
panel members felt were applicable to AGDC's monitoring plan. The panel
concluded that the objectives are appropriate,
[[Page 43409]]
however they provided some recommendations to improve AGDC's ability to
achieve their stated objectives. The PRP's primary recommendations and
comments are summarized and addressed below. The PRP's full report is
available on our website at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
The PRP recommended that AGDC station PSOs on elevated platforms to
increase sighting distance. NMFS agrees and proposes to require AGDC to
provide elevated monitoring locations for PSOs. The structures would
vary depending on the construction location.
The PRP recommended that PSOs focus on scanning the shoreline and
water, alternately with visual scans and using binoculars, to detect as
many animals as possible rather than following individual animals for
any length of time to collect detailed behavioral information. NMFS
requires PSOs to document and report the behavior of marine mammals
observed within the Level A and Level B harassment zones. While NMFS
agrees that PSOs should not document behavior at the expense of
detecting other marine mammals, particularly within the shutdown zone,
we are asking PSOs to record an estimate of the amount of time that an
animal spends in the harassment zone, which is important to help
understand the likelihood of incurring PTS (given the duration
component of the thresholds) and the severity of behavioral
disturbance.
The PRP recommended that the PSOs record visibility conditions at
regular intervals (e.g., every five minutes) and as they change
throughout the day. The panel recommended using either laser range
finders or a series of ``landmarks'' at varying distances from each
observer. The PRP notes that if AGDC uses landmarks, AGDC could measure
the distance to the landmarks on the ground before pile driving or
removal begins, and reference these landmarks throughout the season to
record visibility. The landmarks could be buildings, signs, or other
stationary objects on land that are located at increasing distances
from each observation platform. PSOs should record visibility according
to the farthest landmark the laser range finder can detect or that the
PSO can clearly see. NMFS will require AGDC to record visibility
conditions throughout construction; however, NMFS will require PSOs to
record visibility every 30 minutes, rather than every five minutes, in
an effort to minimize distraction from observing marine mammals. PSOs
will be equipped with range finders, and will establish reference
landmarks on land.
The PRP recommended that AGDC have a designated person on site
keeping an activity log that includes the precise start and stop dates
and times of each type of construction operation mode. AGDC's field
lead PSO will record this information during construction.
The PRP commended AGDC's proposed use and experimentation with
night vision devices (NVD) and infrared technology. The panel noted
that there are many devices with a broad range of capabilities that
should be thoroughly understood before the experiment is conducted.
AGDC will select the most effective devices based on surveys of
experienced PSOs and literature provided by the panel.
The PRP expressed concern about the limited effective visual
detection range of the PSOs in comparison with the estimated size of
the Level A and Level B harassment zones, including AGDC's ability to
shut down at the proposed distances, and AGDC's ability to estimate
actual Level A and Level B harassment takes. The panel noted that
effective sighting distances are likely 200 m for seals, and 1 km for
mysticetes, based on ship-based PSO observations in the Chukchi Sea
(LGL et al., 2011). They noted that the effective sighting distance for
beluga whales may be greater than 200 m, although visibility would
likely decrease in windy conditions with white caps (DeMaster et al.,
2001). The panel recommended that AGDC implement real-time PAM to
verify the harassment zone sizes, and to improve detection of marine
mammals at distances where visual detection probability is limited or
not possible. The panel recommended that AGDC begin PAM two to three
weeks prior to the start of construction and continue through two to
three weeks after construction activities conclude for the season. They
recommended archival bottom mounted recorders as an alternative to
real-time PAM, but noted that these setups are not as easy to relocate
and that data can only be accessed after recovery.
In a related comment, the panel recommended that AGDC report total
estimated Level A and Level B harassment takes using two methods.
First, the panel recommended that AGDC assume that animal density is
uniform throughout the Level B harassment zone and use distance
sampling methods, such as Burt et al., 2014, based only on the shore-
based PSO observations to estimate actual takes by Level B harassment.
Second, the PRP recommended that AGDC also use real-time PAM to
estimate takes by Level B harassment only in the far field, assuming
that each acoustic detection that occurs during pile driving or removal
is a Level B harassment take.
In consideration of the effective sighting distances included in
the PRP report, and estimated effective sighting distances from the
applicant, NMFS has decreased the planned shutdown zone for phocids
during impact pile driving to 500 m, as proposed herein. While this
distance is greater than the 200 m estimated by the PRP, shore-based
PSOs typically have greater visibility. Additionally, AGDC's PSOs will
observe from elevated locations.
NMFS does not propose to require AGDC to report Level A and Level B
harassment takes using distance sampling methods, as NMFS does not
believe that it is appropriate to apply precise distance sampling
methods intended for systematic surveys to estimating take numbers in
this situation. As noted by the panel, the assumption of uniform
density throughout the Level A and Level B harassment zone is likely
violated in this instance, and the pile driving and removal activities
are likely to further affect the distribution within the zones.
Therefore, NMFS proposes to require AGDC to include an extrapolation of
the estimated takes by Level A and Level B harassment based on the
number of observed exposures within the Level A or Level B harassment
zone and the percentage of the Level A or Level B harassment zone that
was not visible in their final report.
NMFS does not propose to require AGDC to implement real-time PAM.
However, NMFS proposes to require AGDC to include a single, archival
PAM receiver in the far field to collect data that indicates the gross
presence of marine mammals and the received sound source level at
distance. AGDC will implement the majority, if not all, of the proposed
pile driving and removal during the open water season. Since AGDC would
need to deploy the PAM system after ice melt, deploying it two to three
weeks before and after the construction period would narrow AGDC's open
water work window by at least one month. Additionally, while AGDC's
construction is occurring within a limited timeframe, other companies
have operations in the area also, which may interfere with the ability
to gather baseline data regarding marine mammal presence without
interference from other industrial activities. Marine mammals in the
project area are migratory, so presence within the work area would
change
[[Page 43410]]
throughout the suggested monitoring period, even if AGDC was not
conducting the activity. As such, NMFS will require AGDC to deploy the
archival PAM receiver for the duration of the active construction
period only.
We do not expect marine mammals within the project area to be
particularly vocal, given that the project is primarily during the open
water season, outside of the breeding period. The operation of real-
time PAM is significantly more costly than collecting PAM data for
later analyses, as someone would need to monitor the data in real-time,
and the PAM buoys would need to be relocated for changes in monitoring
zone sizes between various pile sizes and installation or removal
methods. Real-time PAM would be helpful if there were a necessity to
take an action, such as shutting down operations, at the time that a
detection occurs. However, in this instance, visual monitoring by PSOs
can adequately minimize Level A harassment take, and the proposed
authorization includes Level A harassment take of ice seals. Given the
limitations described above, implementation of real-time PAM is not
warranted in light of the associated cost and effort.
The PRP also recommended that PSOs observations begin 2-3 weeks
prior to construction, continue through the construction season, and
continue for 2-3 weeks after the construction season ends. Given that
ice conditions in the weeks leading up to the construction period will
differ from that during construction (as will ice seal presence), NMFS
will require PSOs to observe from shore during the three days before
construction begins, and for three additional days after the
construction season ends, rather than 2-3 weeks. During the
construction season, NMFS will require PSOs to monitor 24 hours per
day, even during periods without construction.
The PRP also made recommendations regarding how AGDC should present
their monitoring data and results. Please refer to part V of the report
for those suggestions. AGDC will implement the reporting
recommendations that do not require PAM as stated in the
recommendations. NMFS is still considering whether reporting
recommendations h-j are appropriate.
Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the
specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not
reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location,
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS's implementing
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or
ambient noise levels).
To avoid repetition, the majority of our analyses apply to all of
the species listed in Table 19, given that many of the anticipated
effects of this project on different marine mammal stocks are expected
to be relatively similar in nature. Where there are meaningful
differences between species or stocks in anticipated individual
responses to activities, impact of expected take on the population due
to differences in population status or impacts on habitat, they are
described independently in the analysis below.
Pile driving and removal activities associated with the project, as
outlined previously, have the potential to disturb or displace marine
mammals. Specifically, the specified activities may result in take, in
the form of Level A and Level B harassment, from underwater sounds
generated from pile driving and removal. Potential takes could occur if
individuals of these species are present in zones ensonified above the
thresholds for Level A or Level B harassment, identified above, when
these activities are underway. While AGDC may pile drive at any time of
day (24 hours per day), we do not expect noise-producing pile driving
will actually occur at all times during a 24-hour period, given the
general construction process, including time for setting up piles pile
for installation.
The takes from Level A and Level B harassment will be due to
potential behavioral disturbance, TTS and PTS. No mortality or serious
injury is anticipated given the nature of the activity. Level A
harassment is only anticipated for ringed seal, spotted seal, and
bearded seal. The potential for Level A harassment is minimized through
the construction method and the implementation of the required
mitigation measures (see Proposed Mitigation section).
Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment, on the
basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from other
similar activities, will likely be limited to reactions such as
increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, or decreased
foraging (if such activity were occurring) (e.g., Thorson and Reyff
2006; HDR, Inc. 2012; Lerma 2014; ABR 2016). Most likely for pile
driving, individuals will simply move away from the sound source and be
temporarily displaced from the areas of pile driving, although even
this reaction has been observed primarily only in association with
impact pile driving, which is just a portion of AGDC's construction.
Level B harassment will be reduced to the level of least practicable
adverse impact through use of mitigation measures described herein. If
sound produced by project activities is sufficiently disturbing,
animals are likely to simply avoid the area while the activity is
occurring. While vibratory driving associated with the project may
produce sound at distances of many kilometers from the project site,
the project site itself is located in an active industrial area, as
previously described. Therefore, we expect that animals annoyed by
project sound will simply avoid the area and use more-preferred
habitats.
In addition to the expected effects resulting from authorized Level
B harassment, we anticipate that ringed seals, spotted seals, and
bearded seals may sustain some limited Level A harassment in the form
of auditory injury. However, animals that experience PTS will likely
only receive slight PTS, i.e., minor degradation of hearing
capabilities within regions of hearing that align most completely with
the frequency range of the energy produced by pile driving, i.e., the
low-frequency region below 2 kHz, not severe hearing impairment or
impairment in the regions of greatest hearing sensitivity. If hearing
impairment occurs, it is most likely that the affected animal will lose
a few decibels in its hearing sensitivity, which in most cases is not
likely to
[[Page 43411]]
meaningfully affect its ability to forage and communicate with
conspecifics.
Habitat disturbance and alteration resulting from project
activities could have a few highly localized, short-term effects for a
few marine mammals, however, the area of affected habitat would be
small compared to that available to marine mammal species. The
activities may cause some fish to leave the area of disturbance, thus
temporarily impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a
limited portion of the foraging range. We do not expect pile driving
activities to have significant, long-term consequences to marine
invertebrate populations. Given the short duration of the activities
and the relatively small area of the habitat that may be affected, the
impacts to marine mammal habitat, including fish and invertebrates, are
not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
AGDC's February to April pile driving contingency period overlaps
with the period when ringed seals are constructing subnivean lairs,
giving birth, and nursing pups. As discussed in the Proposed Mitigation
section, AGDC will be required to begin construction prior to March 1
when ringed seals are known to begin constructing lairs. As such, we
expect that ringed seals will construct their lairs away from the pile
driving operations, therefore minimizing disturbance and avoiding any
potential for physical injury to seals in lairs. Additionally, we
expect that AGDC will complete the majority, if not all of the pile
driving during the open water season, so any pile driving that did
remain could likely be completed in the earlier portion of the
contingency period, further reducing the potential for impacts to
ringed seals while lairing or pupping.
As previously described, UMEs have been declared for both gray
whales and ice seals, however, neither UME provides cause for concern
regarding population-level impacts to any of these stocks. For gray
whales, the estimated abundance of the Eastern North Pacific stock is
26,960 (Carretta et al., 2019) and the stock abundance has increased
approximately 22 percent in comparison with 2010/2011 population levels
(Durban et al., 2017). For bearded seals, the minimum estimated mean M/
SI (557) is well below the calculated partial PBR (8,210). This PBR is
only a portion of that of the entire stock, as it does not include
bearded seals that overwinter and breed in the Beaufort or Chukchi Seas
(Muto et al., 2019). For the Alaska stock of ringed seals and the
Alaska stock of spotted seals, the M/SI (863 and 329, respectively) is
well below the PBR for each stock (5,100 and 12,697, respectively)
(Muto et al., 2019). No serious injury, or mortality is expected or
proposed for authorization, and Level B harassment takes of gray whale
and ice seal species, and Level A harassment takes of ice seals will be
reduced to the level of least practicable adverse impact through the
incorporation of the proposed mitigation measures. As such, the
proposed Level B harassment takes of gray whales and ice seals and
proposed Level A harassment takes of ice seals is not expected to
exacerbate or compound upon the ongoing UMEs.
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
No mortality or serious injury is anticipated or
authorized;
The relatively small number of Level A harassment
exposures, for seals only, are anticipated to result only in slight PTS
within the lower frequencies associated with pile driving;
The area impacted by the specified activity is very small
relative to the overall habitat ranges of all species;
Impacts to critical behaviors such as lairing and pupping
by ringed seals would be avoided and minimized through implementation
of mitigation measures described above; and
AGDC would cease pile driving and project vessels would
transit landward of Cross Island during the Nuiqsut whaling season,
therefore minimizing impacts to critical behavior (i.e., migration).
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be
authorized under Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA for
specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA
does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated
numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to
the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or
stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to
small numbers of marine mammals. When the predicted number of
individuals to be taken is fewer than one third of the species or stock
abundance, the take is considered to be of small numbers. Additionally,
other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as
the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
The number of instances of take for each species or stock proposed
to be taken as a result of this project is included in Table 19. Our
analysis shows that less than one-third of the best available
population abundance estimate of each stock could be taken by
harassment (in fact, take of individuals is less than two percent of
the abundance for all affected stocks). The number of animals proposed
to be taken for each stock would be considered small relative to the
relevant stock's abundances even if each estimated taking occurred to a
new individual, which is an unlikely scenario.
For beluga whale, the percentages in Table 19 conservatively assume
that all takes of beluga whale will be accrued to each stock, however,
we expect that most, if not all, beluga whales taken by this project
will be from the Beaufort Sea stock.
For the Alaska stock of bearded seals, a complete stock abundance
value is not available. As noted in the 2019 Draft Alaska SAR (Muto et
al., 2019), an abundance estimate is currently only available for the
portion of bearded seals in the Bering Sea (Conn et al., 2012). The
current abundance estimate for the Bering Sea is 301,836 bearded seals.
Given the proposed 300 Level B harassment takes and 5 Level A
harassment takes for the stock, comparison to the Bering Sea estimate,
which is only a portion of the Alaska Stock (which also includes
animals in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas), shows that, at most, less
than one percent of the stock is expected to be impacted.
A complete stock abundance value is also not available for the
Alaska stock of ringed seals. As noted in the 2019 Draft Alaska SAR
(Muto et al., 2019), the abundance estimate available, 171,418 animals,
is only a partial estimate of the Bering Sea portion of the population
(Conn et al., 2014). As noted in the SAR, this estimate does not
include animals in the shore fast ice zone, and the authors did not
account for availability bias. Muto et al. (2019) expect that the
Bering Sea portion of the population is actually much higher. Given the
proposed 1,765 Level B harassment takes and 32 Level A harassment takes
for the stock, comparison to the Bering Sea partial estimate, which is
only a
[[Page 43412]]
portion of the Alaska Stock (also includes animals in the Chukchi and
Beaufort Seas), shows that, at most, less than two percent of the stock
is expected to be impacted.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size
of the affected species or stocks.
Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination
In order to issue an IHA, NMFS must find that the specified
activity will not have an ``unmitigable adverse impact'' on the
subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal species or stocks by
Alaskan Natives. NMFS has defined ``unmitigable adverse impact'' in 50
CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity: (1)
That is likely to reduce the availability of the species to a level
insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs by: (i) Causing
the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas; (ii) Directly
displacing subsistence users; or (iii) Placing physical barriers
between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and (2) That
cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase the
availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be met.
Project activities could deter target species from Prudhoe Bay and
the area ensonified above the relevant harassment thresholds. However,
as noted in the Effects of Specified Activities on Subsistence Uses of
Marine Mammals section, subsistence use of seals is extremely limited
in this area, as it is not within the preferred and frequented hunting
areas. Bowhead whales typically remain outside of the area between the
barrier islands and Prudhoe Bay, minimizing the likelihood of impacts
from AGDC's project. Additionally, AGDC will cease pile driving
activities during the Nuiqsut whaling season and will continue to
coordinate with local communities and subsistence groups to minimize
impacts of the project. AGDC will also be required to abide by the POC.
Based on the description of the specified activity, the measures
described to minimize adverse effects on the availability of marine
mammals for subsistence purposes, and the proposed mitigation and
monitoring measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will
not be an unmitigable adverse impact on subsistence uses from AGDC's
proposed activities.
Endangered Species Act (ESA)
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs,
NMFS consults internally whenever we propose to authorize take for
endangered or threatened species, in this case with the Alaska Regional
Office.
NMFS is proposing to authorize take of bowhead whale, bearded seal
(Beringia DPS) and ringed seal (Arctic subspecies), which are listed
under the ESA. The NMFS Alaska Regional Office issued a Biological
Opinion under section 7 of the ESA, on the issuance of an IHA to AGDC
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA by the NMFS Office of Protected
Resources. The Biological Opinion concluded that the action is not
likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any of these species.
Proposed Authorization
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to
issue an IHA to AGDC for conducting construction of the Alaska LNG
Project in Prudhoe Bay, Alaska from July 1, 2022 to June 30, 2023,
provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements are incorporated. A draft of the proposed IHA can be found
at https://www.fisheries.noaa.gov/permit/incidental-take-authorizations-under-marine-mammal-protection-act.
Request for Public Comments
We request comment on our analyses, the proposed authorization, and
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed
project. We also request at this time comment on the potential Renewal
of this proposed IHA as described in the paragraph below. Please
include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations
to help inform decisions on the request for this IHA or a subsequent
Renewal IHA.
On a case-by-case basis, NMFS may issue a one-time one-year Renewal
IHA following notice to the public providing an additional 15 days for
public comments when (1) up to another year of identical or nearly
identical, or nearly identical, activities as described in the
Specified Activities section of this notice is planned or (2) the
activities as described in the Specified Activities section of this
notice would not be completed by the time the IHA expires and a Renewal
would allow for completion of the activities beyond that described in
the Dates and Duration section of this notice, provided all of the
following conditions are met:
A request for renewal is received no later than 60 days
prior to the needed Renewal IHA effective date (recognizing that the
Renewal IHA expiration date cannot extend beyond one year from
expiration of the initial IHA).
The request for renewal must include the following:
(1) An explanation that the activities to be conducted under the
requested Renewal IHA are identical to the activities analyzed under
the initial IHA, are a subset of the activities, or include changes so
minor (e.g., reduction in pile size) that the changes do not affect the
previous analyses, mitigation and monitoring requirements, or take
estimates (with the exception of reducing the type or amount of take);
and
(2) A preliminary monitoring report showing the results of the
required monitoring to date and an explanation showing that the
monitoring results do not indicate impacts of a scale or nature not
previously analyzed or authorized.
Upon review of the request for Renewal, the status of the
affected species or stocks, and any other pertinent information, NMFS
determines that there are no more than minor changes in the activities,
the mitigation and monitoring measures will remain the same and
appropriate, and the findings in the initial IHA remain valid.
Dated: July 13, 2020.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries
Service.
[FR Doc. 2020-15389 Filed 7-15-20; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P